Home
        User Manual - PageR Enterprise
         Contents
1.      ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description    ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event    SYSNAME  expands to the system being monitored    VOLNAME  expands to the disk volume name      VOLLABEL  expands to the disk volume label      VOLFS  expands to the disk volume file system name    VOLSIZE  expands to the disk volume size    VOLFREE  expands to the current disk volume free space      THRESHTYPE expands to the free space threshold type  blank actual size      PCT  percent free      THRESHOLD  expands to the free space threshold value      TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Note that this monitored object uses Telnet or SNMP to access the target system     For systems accessed with Telnet  this monitored object requires a Telnet server on the Host  system and a login user with appropriate privilege to display a list of all volumes     For systems accessed with SNMP  the target system must expose an SNMP agent and you  must provide the appropriate community name     The host systems supported and the information about each that allows this object to connect  and obtain the list of volumes are defined in the disk file HostTypes txt     188    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 189 of 270    
2.      Notes   On the first scan of a disk file  PageR only determines the current end of file  EOF  of the  disk file  On the next and subsequent scans  PageR checks the current EOF of the disk file  against the saved EOF and if they are different  PageR then extracts and examines any new  information  If the current EOF of the file is found to have changed to a smaller value than  that saved on the last scan  the file is assumed to have been recreated  and the new scan  starts at the begining of the file and proceeds up to the new EOF     If the disk file name contains wildcard characters  the target directory is scanned for a list of  files that meet the selection criteria  The most recently created file is selected for processing     After scanning  this file will be closed automatically  On the next scan  the same or a new file  may be selected for examination     Ping Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Ping monitored object      IP Ping Monitored Object Add Change Fa    Description EEAS  x Enabled    Interval fo Severity  3   Delay fo    IP Address or computer name fi 61 208 12 15  Time Out  2 Ping Retrys fi IPLE fi    Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   Simple Alarm        Alarm Text   ID   pdid not respond to ping             Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monit
3.     500000  Alarm on size change   x Alarm if file count  gt  x   200 C priat file count      Include sub directories in file count        x Recurse sub directories              Alarm Notification    Alarm Object        Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX    p ALARMMSG  x ALARMMSG2        Optional description of monitored object                Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition     205    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 206 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Schedule  Click to define an optional schedule for scanning of this monitored object     Directory   This is the path to the directory to be monitored  You can type a path or click the Browse  button to browse file system for directory paths  Click the Validate button to verify access to  the selected directory     Alarm if directory size  Check this box to monitor the total disk space occupied by the fi
4.     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Server Name  Enter or select the name of the NT Server or Workstation system to be monitored     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT
5.     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 20 of 270    Global Options Tab    This tab contains option settings that control the overall operation of PageR     Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings  Paging   Email   Messaging  SNPP  SSH      Globals   Globals 2   Contacts   Logging   MO Groups   Auto Add      Configuration Name      Min Global Scan Interval  sec   30    Auto Start Scanning  Activity Logging    Detail Level 3 x   X Logtodisk  X Append File size  KB  fioo    Log to another system System        Receive logging from another system Port 13002  Log window size  lines  fi 000 PX Auto scroll log window      Enable Alarm Broadcast default target    7     Log Alarms Errors to Event Log on    x     Set Global Quiet Times Alarm on Processing Errors with Alarm Object        Apply Global Quiet to Email   F          Set wait time between scans in seconds       Each option on this tab is explained below     Configuration Name  Sets the name associated with the current Configuration  A  configuration  is all of the    settings currently in effect and visible in the various Options tabs  See Managing  Configurations for more information     Interval  Sets the number of seconds PageR sleeps between scans of the monitored objects     Auto Start Scanning    If set  PageR will begin scanning and minimize itself at start up  If not set  you must start  scanning manually via the Start tool bar button     Activity Logging Level of Detail   Ranges from 0 3 and sets th
6.    Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text  When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued     161    Help rtf    PageR Enterprise Page 162 of 270    This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be expanded to their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword   TYPE      ID      IDX      TARGET    DESC      ALARMID      PATH    OBJECT      KEY      KEYVAL      PROPERTY          CIMTYPE    RELOP    TEST      VALUE      FOBJECTP      FOBJECT      DATE     Description  expands to the monitored object s type     expands to the monitored object s unique identification string     expands to the monitored object s identification string and includes  the target system name     expands to the target system name   expands to the monitored object s long description     expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event     expands to the full object path that ca
7.    You can left click an object in the right pane to select it to be added to the SNMP Query you  came from  A blue plus sign will display to show selected objects  You may left click again to  deselect an object     When all desired objects are selected  click the Plus button to add your selected objects to  the SNMP Query you came from and return to that Query     94    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 95 of 270    SNMP Query Object Add Change    This screen is used to add change SNMP Query objects     SNMP Query Object Add Change X     Identifier ACAMEE AA    Description  Monitor free disk space on systemxl     x Enabled   Interval fo Severity  a  gt   Delay fo  System Name oOo E Time Out fo   Community  pubie      Object ID Name Type Relop    alue  1 3 6 1 4 1 11 2 3 1 3 1  yolumePercentU Integer  gt  90          Evaluation Script File      Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   x   Alarm Text          Optional short name for monitored object       Identifier  This is a short label that is used to identify this SNMP Query object      Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from    monitoring     Interval    95    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 96 of 270    This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the 
8.   Alert Script   Alert Script is the scripting language used to control a Message Server or modem  The  language allows you to program the behavior of the Message Server or modem to  perform paging with any type of paging service      Contact Object   A Contact Object defines a person to be notified of an alarm   It contains the notification  methods to be used when notifying a person of an alarm  Contacts are associated with  Alarm Objects  Contacts can be grouped  with a single Contact belonging to up to two  groups     Delay   This a a period of time that is waited after an alarm condition is detected before the  alarm is generated and notification performed  It allows objects with transient alarm  conditions to be monitored without generating false or superfulous alarms     Disk Log   This is a simple disk file used by an application to log events of interest to the user of the  application  You monitor such files for new records and examine the records to determine  if alarm conditions exist     event log   This is a special file used on Windows systems to record system events  The event log is  kept in three main parts  System events  Application events and Security events  Other  logs may exist for specific applications     event type  Windows Event logs categorize events into three types  Informational  Warning and  Error  An event may be further categorized by the application that creates it     hosts   A disk file that contains name to IP address mappings  Allows mo
9.   E Mail Address    63    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 64 of 270    If you wish to send an email notification to the Contact  enter the Contacts email address     Paging Group  A Contact can optionally be in two paging groups  Enter any group name you wish to use   Contacts with the same group names are automatically linked into the groups     Quiet Time  Click the button to display the Quiet Time Selection screen to define quiet time periods for the  Contact     Syslog Object Add Change   This screen is used to add or change a Syslog monitored object   The Syslog object allows  Syslog messages to be received from Unix systems or other Syslog clients and processed for  alarms        Syslog Server Monitored Object Add Change    s from our Uni                   Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from    64    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 65 of 270    monitoring     System   Allows the monitored object to be associated with a specific host via host name or IP  address  Messages from the identified host will be processed only by this monitored object   One Syslog monitored object can be defined with this field left blank  That monitored object  is the default Syslog monitored object and will process all syslog messages not handled by  Syslog monitored objects associated with specific systems     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this obje
10.   It  escalates a ROW at atime on each scan       3  EACH AO USES ONE OR MORE SMS PAGER EMAIL  CONTACTS     Therefore   we have to set up    IN REVERSE ORDER     as follows    1  CONTACTS   To add a Contact  go to the OPTIONS screen  click the  Contacts  tab then  Add Contact        Enter contact Name  To alert via pager or SMS phone  click Browse to the right of the Pager  Script box  Browse into the SAMPLES directory and select the CELLNET MSG  UK  file or  the  MSG file appropriate for your paging SMS provider     Note  For SNPP  Internet  SMS  instead of modem dialup  put snpp or SNPP in the Pager  Script box  Later  set up the SNPP tab in OPTIONS as follows     Server name  195 157 52 212  Port  444  Logon  tr 073    other fields can be blank  Try modem dialup first though     Return to the Contacts Setup  Enter the mobile phone number  or pager id  in the   Pager Phone ID  box     Set up separate contacts for email and mobiles eg  Greg Mobile    and  Greg Email   Each can  then be used in different situations     Email Alerts   Go to the Email tab in the OPTIONS screen to configure SMTP email by  entering the mail host  mail server  ip address and any valid email  Return Address     usually  just your own email address     2  ALARMS  To add an Alarm  go to the OPTIONS screen  click the    Alarm Objects  tab  click Add Alarm     Give the AO a name such as    SUPPORT  The grid is an escalation schedule  everyone on    227    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 228 of 270    ea
11.   It indicates the number of scans that have been performed since  monitoring last started and how many internal errors have occurred     Alarms   Shows the total number of alarms detected since PageR was started and how many alarms  are currently in progress  Also shown is the number of pages executed since scanning  started     The width of the columns in the monitored objects list box can be changed by placing the  cursor on the edge of a column header and dragging right or left     Status Type  Shows a status icon and Monitored Object type for each object in the Monitored Object List   The default status icons are     D No alarm in progress for object    amp  An alarm is in progress for the object     Monitoring is suspended for the object  Identifier    This is the unique identifier for the monitored object  You can click on the column header to  toggle this column to display the object description text     Severity  This is the Severity value assigned to the monitored object  You can click on the column  header to sort the display by Severity     You may click on the column header of any of the following columns to move that column to  be the next column after Severity  The first three columns cannot be moved  If you set a new  column to be first after Severity  this will be retained for the next time the Status Window is    17    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 18 of 270    displayed     Last Action  Time of last action on the object  An Action can be a scan  a page del
12.   L    Jnn Jump nn lines until the loop count defined by the previous F  command is exhausted  If loop count exhausted  continue with  next line     G    nn Jump nn lines in the script file     Pbprds po Configures modem port  Must be first non comment line in  MSG  file  Overrides Paging Options Tab settings   b   baud rate  pr   parity  NONE  EVEN  ODD   d  data bits  7 or 8   s   stop bits  1 or 2   po   port  COM1  COM2 etc   Example  P 9600 NONE 7 1 COM1    R tt text1 text2 Wait for input from modem for tt seconds  If error or time out   execute the next line in the script  If the input contains the string of  characters defined by text1  execute the second line after the R  command  If the input contains the string defined by text2  execute    78    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 79 of 270    the third line after the R command  If input is received but the  string s  are not matched  continue with the fourth line after the R  command  or third if only one string is specified      S sendtext Send text to modem  Text can contain special commands prefixed  by a tilde   character     C send a carriage return  D pause  1 second  E send ENQ character  L send a line feed  S pause 1 second  W text Write text to Activity Log window   V Verbose operation  Logs all script activity to the Activity Log  window     Here is a sample Alert Script page file that shows a complex paging sequence  The steps to  access the pager service are as follows     Dial the Pager service    When conn
13.   Only messages addressed to this email address will be examined     Alarm Any Message  Generate an alarm when any mail message is found     Examine Subject  Examine the subject of mail messages for the search strings     Examine Body  Examine the body of mail messages for the search strings     Delete All Messages  Delete all mail messages found     Delete Alarm Messages  Delete only mail messages that result in an alarm     Paging Mode   Check this box to enable Paging Mode  In this mode  email messages selected for  processing  only Recipient is considered to filter messages  are expected to have a list of  Contact names in the message subject line  Contact names are separated by semicolons   The first 80 characters of the message body will be sent to each Contact via paging  per the  paging options setup for the Contacts  Can be used to send pages to PageR Contacts by  sending an email message to be found and processed by PageR     Apply Search Strings File script to Messages and Report Matches   Enter a list of search strings or select a Search String Script File to have the subject and or  body of each mail message searched for any matches to the search strings  Any match  generates and alarm  More about Search Strings     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm or Task Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored  object generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm and Task Objects   An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  br
14.   Pattern Matching   The pattern matching features allow you to use wildcard characters  character lists  or  character ranges  in any combination  to match strings  The following table shows the  characters allowed in pattern and what they match     Characters in pattern Matches in string      Any single character      Zero or more characters      Any single digit  0   9      charlist  Any single character in charlist     charlist  Any single character not in charlist     A group of one or more characters  charlist  enclosed in brackets       can be used to match  any single character in string and can include almost any character code  including digits     Note  To match the special characters left bracket      question mark      number sign       and asterisk      enclose them in brackets  The right bracket     can t be used within a group  to match itself  but it can be used outside a group as an individual character     By using a hyphen       to separate the upper and lower bounds of the range  charlist can  specify a range of characters  For example   A Z  results in a match if the corresponding  character position in string contains any uppercase letters in the range A Z  Multiple ranges  are included within the brackets without delimiters     Other important rules for pattern matching include the following     An exclamation point     at the beginning of charlist means that a match is made if any  character except the characters in charlist is found in string  When u
15.   This window displays the current status of the network objects that PageR is monitoring     Status  Monitoring stopped         IF  e 80  4 1  El 2     Page 16 of 270    Select Object Type fan Objects 7        Run Statistics  Started at 8 20 02 4 09 26 PM   Monitoring Started at  Last Scan at 8420 02 4 11 29 PM    Elapsed 3 15  Elapsed  Elapsed 1 12    Number of   Scans 2  Errors 30       Alarms      Total Detected 12   In Progress 11   oj Total Pages 0      Status Type   Identifier S  S  LastAction   Alarms    Down  LastAlarm Start    4     Disk File     Disk Space    DNS Check    Email Check    Email Ping    Event Log    C  MyappLog  txt   Local System  111 222 333 444   Check for Mailed Alarm  Ping Mail Server   System  Local    Compuer Room  TEMPE     Ux   usr spool lp Ipd log  System      valhalin      Failsafe Server    FIF Get    amp  Host Login  O Host Process      Host Volume valhalin    28 Objects Shown    8 20 02 4 11 29 PM  8 20 02 4 12 17 PM  8 20 02 4 12 18 PM  8 20 02 4 11 52 PM  8 20 02 4 12 17 PM  8 20 02 4 11 29 PM  8 20 02 4 11 43 PM  8 20 02 4 11 33 PM  8 20 02 4 11 47 PM  8 20 02 4 12 18 PM  8 20 02 4 12 19 PM       8 20 02 4 11 29 PM  8 20 02 4 10 48 PM  8 20 02 4 10 49 PM    8 20 02 4 10 33 PM       Here is the same screen with the object window shifted right to show more data fields     Status  Monitoring stopped         If eeo h BI 2     i Es    Select Object Type Jal Objects ha         Run Statistics  Started at 8 20 02 4 09 26 PM   Monitoring Start
16.   expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     42    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 43 of 270    NetWare Server Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a NetWare Server monitored object         NetWare Server Monitored Object Add Change                   Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Server Name  Enter or select the name of the NetWare Server to be monitored     43    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 44 of 270    Alarm on out of connections   Check this box to generate an alarm when the server is up but is out of connections   Normally  out of connections does not generate an alarm because the server has been  confirmed to be up even if connections are not available  This is only supported when you  are using Novell s Client32 client software
17.   so you must shutdown and restart to load the selected  configuration  You may type in the name of a non existant configuration to create a new   blank configuration    You may also load the configuration from a file  see below      You may also select the configuration to be loaded on the PageR exe run line  On the Start  Menu shortcut that executes PageR  use the CONFIG name parameter to select a start up  configuration     Under the Settings pull down menu is an option to save the currently loaded configuration to a  file  This will save the configuration in a disk file which is named as the configuration name  with a  cfg extension  This file is in XML format  You can load a configuration file by  specifying the file name  no extension  on the CONFIG name run parameter and adding the  IMPORT parameter  The loaded configuration will have the name specified on the CONFIG  parameter  The file is saved to and loaded from the install directory     224    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 225 of 270    Windows System Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Windows System monitored object      The Windows System Monitored Object is a generic MO that can be used to monitor any  system with a Windows Operating system  It functions the same as the NT System   Windows 2000 XP system monitored objects  This MO allows for easier expansion to  additional Windows OS types and includes support for Windows 2003 and Windows Vista     Windows System Monitored Object Add Ch
18.   tone   is a busy signal  ring back signal  a keypad button push or a voice  A busy signal ends the  call     Ring back tones come at a standard time interval  If no tone is detected for the length of time  set by the Answer Timeout field  PageR assumes the call is answered and begins the  message speaking process  For example  7 8 seconds works for phone systems in the USA  because the US uses a 6 second ring back period     If a sound is detected  silence ends  and the time since the last tone detection is shorter than  the ring back tone standard time  PageR assumes the call has been answered and a person  or a voice mail system is speaking on the line  The message speaking process begins   PageR is also monitoring the line for any key press tone from the telephone key pad  So if a  person answers the call but does not speak or speaking does not trigger message delivery   pressing any key on the pad will cause PageR to treat the call as answered and start the  message speaking process     In the case where a voice or timeout causes PageR to treat the call as answered  PageR  cannot determine if the call was answered by a person or a voice mail system  So the Voice  Mail Delay field determines how speaking starts  You can either enter a time delay in seconds  to allow for a Voice Mail greeting to finish before PageR speaks  which is frustrating for a  person  or you can enter the   or   character  PageR will transmit these characters on the line  which will cause some voic
19.  Alert PLUS device attached to the system   Alarms are simulated and cleared on alternating scans of this MO     Flood  Check this box to enable monitoring of the built in flood sensor  Flood sensor pick up must  be wired to the Flood sensor contacts on the Room Alert PLUS device     Main Power  Check this box to enable monitoring of the power supply to the Room Alert PLUS device     Power 2   Check this box to enable monitoring of the alternate power supply  Typically  the Main Power  sensor monitors output from a UPS system  and power 2 monitors the power input to the  UPS  This way if there is loss of power to the UPS  you can be alerted that the UPS is active  and you have x minutes of power left     Dead Box  Check this box to monitor for loss of Main Power and battery backup or for disconnection of  box from local system     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text  When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the    147    Help rtf    PageR Enterprise Page 148 of 270    default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keyw
20.  Any text file with valid Alert Script  Message Server or Modem commands can be used as a  message file  The  MSG extension is a convention and is not required     23    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 24 of 270    KEYWORDS   You can use substitution keywords in the paging file  which will be replaced with their run  time values when the paging file is processed  Keywords appear as  keyword  or   keyword defaultvalue  in the file text  The keywords you can use in paging files are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      ALARM  expands to the monitored object s alarm message text for the  current alarm  used for alphanumeric pagers       ALARMX  expands to extended information about the current alarm  not  available on all objects       CONTACT  expands to the name of the Contact being paged  if available      PHONE  expands to the pager phone number defined for the Contact being  paged or the global pager phone number      PAGERID  expands to the pager ID number defined for the Contact being  paged or the global pager ID number      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Se
21.  Apply Search Strings File to disk file records and report matches     TC     Alarm Notification    Alarm Object  Alarm with Escalation      Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX    Sp ALARMMSG  x ALARMMSG2        Optional description of monitored object                         Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object      Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval   This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object    Severity   This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Disk File    36    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 37 of 270    Enter Browse the name of the disk file to be monitored  Note that the disk file name is not  validated unless you click the Validate button  The disk file name can be a UNC name of a  file on another system     Close file after scan   Normally  the disk file remains open after the first scan to save overhead on subsequent  scans  This can cause sharing problems  Select this option to close the file after a scan and  reopen it on the next scan     Scan entire file   Normally  the examination of file s contents starts at the eof  end of file  found on the first  scan and proceeds forward as the file s size increases  Select this option to have the entire  file examin
22.  Built in sensors SS  E Flood  x Main Power  X Power 2  X Dead Box    Alarm Notification          Alarm Object     Alarm Text      Identifiying name for Monitored Object          Identifier  This is a short user defined label used to identify this Room Alert PLUS object     Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from    monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between    scans of this object     146    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 147 of 270    Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Com Port  Select the COM port that the Room Alert device is attached to     Sensor Number  Each Room Alert device supports 3 user sensors  Select the sensor  number  that is to be  monitored     Normal Signal  Set the signal level  LO or HI  that is returned by the attached sensor for NORMAL  conditions     Sensor Type  Select or type a descriptive label that identifies the attached sensor     Simulate RA  Alarm  Check this box to test the MO without a Room
23.  Clear Message is used for Alarm Notifications  generated when Alarms clear  end      The format of the Alarm Text field is as follows      Prefix text p Alarm Message Text  xExtended Message Text    cClear   Message text     So you can see that the Prefix  Extended Alarm Message and Alarm Clear Message are  optional  The Prefix is all text up to the first  p in the message text  The Extended Alarm  Message is all text after the first  x encountered in the message text up to the first  c  if  present   The Alarm Clear Message is all text after the first  c encountered     Finally  you can insert line breaks into an Alarm Message by using the  n formatting  sequence  This sequence will be replaced by a carriage return line feed pair when the  message is written to the disk log file  email  broadcast or Event Log  In all other locations the  message appears this sequence will be replaced by a single space character     Network Event Console  This screen displays a history of events aggregated from multiple sources and systems     The Network Event Console collects events from Event Log   Syslog and SNMP Trap  Monitored Objects     The Event Log MO sees all events recorded in the monitored Event Log even if events do not  generate alarms  In the same fashion  the Syslog and SNMP Trap monitored objects see all  Syslog messages and Traps sent  even if alarms are not generated  If event collection is  enabled  these raw events are recorded in a history stack that can be viewed with
24.  Enterprise Page 201 of 270    Bandwidth Object Add Change    This screen is used to add change Bandwidth Monitored objects     Bandwidth monitoring is done by measuring the network traffic on a systems network  interfaces and comparing that traffic  measured in bits per second  to the interface s  maximum speed  Information for the systems network interfaces is retrived with SNMP      Bandwidth Monitored Object Add Change    Identifier  Server  Description  watch server interface for too much traffic  x Enabled  Interval lo Severity  9    Delay fo Schedule    System Name  161 208 12 40       Time Out  5  Community  public iai       Index   Description a          1 MS TCP Loopback interface  DEC DC21041 PCI Ethernet Adapter  3 Ndis Wan Adapter    Type   6  ETHERNET CSMACD  X Monitor this Interface  MTU  1500  xX Alarm on errors discards  Speed  10000000 bps Input threshold  80   Phy Addr  00 00 C0 C3 74 01 Output threshold  80     Status   1  UP Aggregate threshold  30     Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   ba    Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   S pAlarm in interface  IFINDEX    IFL4STSTATUS                 Identifier  This is a short label that is used to identify this Bandwidth object      Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from    monitoring     Interval    201    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 202 of 270    This is the scan interval for this object  T
25.  Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 41 of 270    text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     NT System Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change an NT System monitored object      NT System Monitored Object Add Change Fa  Description MARETE  x Enabled  Interval fo Severity  s x  Delay fo  System Name  NTI x     Alarm Notification    Alarm Object  Alarm with Escalation x   Alarm Text              Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     41    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 42 of 270    Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition 
26.  Logon as a Batch  Job  and  Act as Part of the Operating System  to the user or group with the User  Manager on the system where the account is located     62    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 63 of 270    Contact Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Contact Object   A Contact Object defines a person  to be notified of an alarm and how that notification is to be performed     Contact Object Add Change E3    Name fams mne  x Enabled    Pager Script FO  Pager Service     at  Broadcast    Email Address    Paging Group 1  Operators  Paging Group 2         Contact Name       Description  This is a user defined description of the Contact  Normally it is the name of person to be  notified     Enabled  Enables disables alarm notification to the Contact     Pager Script  If you wish to page the Contact  enter select the appropriate paging file name  If you wish to  send an SNPP page  enter the word SNPP     Pager Phone Number   This is the phone number of the pager or paging service to use for paging  It is substituted  for the  PHONE  substitution parameter in the paging script  You may type a number in the  box or select a number from the drop down list of common pager services     Pager ID   This is the pager ID for a paging service to use for paging  It is substituted for the  PAGERID   substitution parameter in the paging script    BroadCast   If you wish to send a broadcast message to the Contact on another system  enter select the  target systems name   
27.  Provider  This is the discovery means that provided the information     Description  For objects detected by Windows or SNMP  this is the description string returned by the  object     195    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 196 of 270    ePage Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change an ePage Monitored Object   The ePage Object reads  email messages from a specified mailbox and generates Pager SMS requests for Contacts     ePage Monitored Object Add Change               on     x Enabled    Description  Generates Pages for messages found in 4 mailbox  Severity  s    Delay fo    POP3    Mail Server  MyMailServer E  MAPIO UserName  MyUser Password    Recipient      Unique Identifier  name  for this object    Identifier    Siiel Meet lal mela       Identifier  This is a unique identifying name or title for the monitored object     Description  This is an optional extended description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval      POP3 MAPI  Select the mail protocol to use to attach 
28.  Task Object is to perform a function in response to an Alarm   In this  case  the Task is NOT set to be run by the Scan process and is instead associated with an  Alarm Object   In this case  the Task is executed by the Alarm object when it processes an  Alarm     Using Scripts   Beyond passing parameters to scripts  scripts have extensive access to information and  functions from within PageR  via the SG  script globals  object that PageR exposes to scripts   Using this information and the extensive capability available to scripts via Windows Scripting  Host and the Scripting Run Time Library  SCRUN DLL   there is practically no limit to what  can be done with scripts     Using Scripts    Using Command or Program files   When a Task object executes a script  command or program file  you may enter substitution  parameters in the parameters box  These substitution parameters are replaced by the  appropriate values before executing the file  The command file or program can access these  parameters just as if the file had been executed from the Windows command prompt  This  scheme passes data into the command or program file  but does not provide a mechanisim  for the file to pass data back or to control PageR     Using the Task Object to create your own Monitored Object   You can use the task object to create your own monitored object  You must use VBScript or  JScript to do this  You set up a Task to execute on scan  with optional schedule  and write a  script file to perform
29.  The CIM schema defines a standard object model that all WBEM  implementions are expected to expose populated with object instances and property values  appropriate to the target system  Implementations may define extensions to the schema as  appropriate  For more information  see the WMI Object Explorer     DISCLAIMER   WBEM  CIM and WMI are extensive and complex subjects  This help information is not  intended as documentation of these subjects  The user of the WMI support in this product is  expected to be familiar with WBEM  CIM and WMI  Extensive documentation on WMI is  available as a free download from Micrsoft  Target systems must have the appropriate WMI  Core components version 1 5 or later installed  This is also available as a free download from  Microsoft  This product does not install the WMI Core components     163    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 164 of 270    WMI Object Explorer    This screen is used to explore the Windows Management Instrumentation  WMI  objects on a  system and select object properties to be added to a WMI Query monitored object     WHI Object Explorer          2     s  Root                             S  CIMV2 SupportContactDescription array of string For Gate  B CIM tree _ SystemStartupD elay uintl6 30  B Win32 Associations SystemStartupO ptions array of string  window   E  Win32_ComputerSystem SystemStartupS etting uint 0  RACNT    Win32 NTLoaE vent SystemT ype string 86 base  alpen OJE vOr Omp ThermalState uintl6 2          Win32_Syst
30.  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Address Name  This is the IP address or DNS name of the Axis Video Camera  See below for information  about how to use this field     Severity    This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     221    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 222 of 270    User Name  This is the user name used to login to the camera if required     Password  This is the password used to login to the camera if required     Port Number   Normally this MO listens on the network for messages from the camera  The camera must  be configured with the IP address of the system where PageR is located and a port number  must be selected for communication between the camera and PageR  This port number  MUST BE THE SAME for all Axis Camera MOs     View Button   Click this button to view live video from the camera  Only works if the IP address Name of  the camera is supplied  If there is any problem accessing the camera  the picture of the Axis  210 will be displayed instead of the live image     Save Image on Alarm   When checked  if a Motion Detection message is received from the camera  the current  image on the camera is retrieved and stored in the directory entered below  If the camera  requires login  the user name and password must be supplied above     Save Image on scan   When checked  on each scan  subject to the schedule 
31.  When PageR Enterprise is used with the Message Server device  the Message Server can  detect failure of the system to which it is attached and execute a page notification      Room Alert    Environment Monitor   PageR can monitor a Room Alert environment monitoring device attached to the com port of  the NT system where PageR is running  Using Room Alert  PageR can detect a variety of  environmental problems  The Room Alert device and environmental sensors are available  from CPL Systems     Room Alert PLUS    Environment Monitor   PageR can monitor a Room Alert PLUS environment monitoring device attached to the com  port of the system where PageR is running  Using Room Alert PLUS  PageR can detect a  variety of environmental problems  The Room Alert PLUS device and environmental sensors  are available from CPL Systems     82    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 83 of 270    Failsafe Server    Environment Monitor   PageR can monitor the environmental sensor port of the Failsafe Server device attached to  the com port of the system where PageR is running  Using Failsafe Server  PageR can detect  a variety of environmental problems  The Failsafe Server and environmental sensors are  available from CPL     Server Listener Objects create a service that waits for and responds to external events  directed to PageR     Syslog Server   Receives Syslog logging messages from Unix systems and raises alarms as needed based  on message severity or searching the message for specified words o
32.  above  the corresponding password must be entered     Available Drives   This is a list of the Disk Drives on the system identified above  The list is refreshed whenever  the System is changed or the Load button is clicked  Check a drive to enable monitoring   Click on a drive to display the monitoring details of the drive in the panel on the right     The key monitored attribute is the Status of the drive  This value is determined by the drive  itself using S M A R T  self monitoring technology  S M A R T  is an on board technology of  disk drives  S M A R T  monitors an array of attributes such as temperature and  read write seek errors  The drive has thresholds for each monitored item built in by the  manufacturer  If any of the S M A R T  monitored attributes gets out if tolerance  the status  will change and report the error  You can also monitor the following additional drive  attributes     Loaded  Generates an alarm if the drive has media loaded     Not Loaded  Generates an alarm if the drive does not have media loaded     Volume   When you click OK on this screen  the volume names of all drives with media loaded are  recorded  If you enable volume checking  an alarm will be generated if at any future point the  volume name does not match the recorded name     Check for USB Drives  Generates an alarm if any USB drives are present on the target system     Max Drives  Generates an alarm if the number of disk drives found on the target system exceeds this  value  Set to
33.  alarm starts and on each redetection  escalation  of an alarm  The Start  Task is also executed when an alarm is cleared automatically  not by a user manually  clearing an alarm  and if the On Cancel Task is not defined  If an On Cancel Task is  selected  that Task will be executed on a manual or automatic alarm clear and the On Start  Task will not be executed     55    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 56 of 270    Here is an example of an alarm object with an escalation schedule     Alarm Object Add Change ae    Description PERAE  x Enabled    Simple Alarm Notification Alarm Escalation Schedule    Alarm  Contact 1 Contact 2 Contact 3 Contact a  1  Operators       2  John Doe         Override Global Quiet Time   Override Contact Quiet Time     Notify on Alarm Cancel   Repeat Escalation Schedule    Play Sound File    Execute Windows Command or Task    On Alarm Start    On Alarm Cancel      On Alarm Task   hd    On Cancel Task   v            Description of Alarm object       The Alarm Escalation Schedule tab shows a matrix that controls notification  There are 20  notification periods  defined by rows  Each notification period can have up to 10 Contacts  A  Contact cell in a row can contain the name of an individual Contact  the name of a Contact  group or All for all contacts  Double click on a cell to change its value  A list box will appear  showing all Contacts and groups that are available  Select an item on the list to update the  cell  To delete a Contact in a cell  sing
34.  and counter  names separated by Backslashes     Simple objects  ones that have no  instances   will expand into a list of the performance  counters defined for the object  You can click on a counter name to see a description of the  counter displayed in the area at the bottom of the screen  You can double click a counter  name to add it to the list of counters selected to be added to the Query object  Selected  counters appear in the right pane  You may select a counter in the right pane and press the  DEL key to remove it from the selected counter list     When you have selected all of the counters you want  click Accept to add the list of counters  to the Performance Query object  You will be returned to the Query object screen where you  can define the relops and test values for the counters just added     91    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 92 of 270    Complex system objects have  instances  of the object and each instance will expand into a  list of performance counters for that instance  An example of instances can be found under  the Logical Disk system object  There is an  instance Total  and then an instance for each  logical drive on the system  for example  instance C   So the value of counter    Free Space   can be retrieved for the C logical drive or the total of all logical drives     Monitored Object Alarm Types    Monitored Objects have an attribute called Alarm Type  Currently there are two Alarm  types  Discrete and Persistent     Discrete Alarms   This t
35.  and more  Alarm notification definitions and Contact  definitions are also referred to as objects  Some objects  like the Ftp File get or Syslog  objects  perform an action or act as a server instead of representing an object that is  probed     Paging File   A Paging file is a simple text file containing Alert Script for the Message Server or  Modem  Alert Script controls the Message Server or Alphanumeric Paging in software to  perform pages  A paging file can also contain modem commands for simple modem  paging  Pages are executed by copying paging files to the attached Message Server or  Modem  Paging files have the extension  MSG by convention     Performance Counter  A Windows operating system measurement value associated with an  object  in the OS     252    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 253 of 270    such as logical disk  physical disk or memory  Windows records performance an  operational statistics in these counters that describe the operation of Windows  These  counters can be retrieved and tested to determine the status of a Windows system     ping    A low level TCP IP echo function used to determine if a TCP IP host is available     Quiet time  A period of time when paging is suppressed  Quiet time can be defined by the half hour  for each of the seven weekdays     Registry  The NT Registry is a system database where NT and application configuration  information is stored     Scan  The action of checking each monitored object to determine if an alarm condition
36.  are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     198    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 199 of 270    Messaging Options Tab    This tab configures logging and alarm notification by Instant Messaging     Activity logging and alarm notifications can be sent to interested clients via Microsoft s  Net  Messaging Service Messaging Service using MSN Instant Messenger  A user ID for PageR  is required and can be set up on HotMail or  Net Passport  This user ID allows PageR to  attach to the messging service and communicate with other messaging service users     Use MSN Messenger directly to select the desired messging service and create a user ID on  that service for PageR to use  Once the user ID is created  you can configure PageR to log  activity and alarm notifications on the Messaging Options Tab of the Options screen     Globals   Globals 2   Contacts   Logging   MO Groups   Auto Add    Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging   Email   Messaging       MBE nable logging and alarm notification by Messenger Ser
37.  begin  monitoring automatically     PageR executes its tasks in the following order        1  scan all MONITORED OBJECTS once  2  execute any ALARM OBJECTS which were triggered by the scan  3  repeat scan of MONITORED OBJECTS  and so on     TRACE MODE    Trace mode creates a debug file which can be sent to your supplier for analysis if you  experience any problems with PageR     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 5 of 270    Monitored Object Types   Event Log   Detects new event records in the System  Application  Security or other  event logs on the local or any remote Windows system  Alerts are raised  based on the severity of the event or by keyword matching on the content of  the event record text    Windows System   Checks any Windows system to determine if it is up  Alert is raised if the  Windows system does not respond to a probe  Supports Windows NT and  later  This object replaces the NT  2000 and XP System objects described  above    Windows Update   Checks any Windows 2000 or later system for updates available from  Windows Microsoft Update service  Alert is raised if selected updates are  available and not applied to the system     Disk Space    Monitors disk volume free space on Windows systems  Alert raised if free  space falls below a specified amount or percent of total space     Disk Drives    Monitors the physical disk drives on Windows systems  Alert raised if  problems are found     NetWare Server    Checks NetWare server to determine if it is up  Alert is r
38.  below the  alert value  append the  gt  character to the alert value     Correction  You may set a correction value   or   to be applied to the temperature or humidity values  read from the RA 2 box to correct for errors in the RA2 sensors     Camera IP   Optional IP address or DNS name of Axis video camera to associate with this RA2 box  If  present  live video from the camera will be displayed on the Web Status page for this  monitored object     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     SENSORTYPE  expands to the sensor type 
39.  exists     Schedule   A schedule is attached to a Monitored Object and controls when the object is scanned   On each scan of Monitored Objects  MOs with schedules will check thier schedule and  determine if the MO should be scanned at that time  Schedules allow MOs to be scanned  at various times instead of on each scan of the Monitored Objects     Service   A Windows Service is a process that runs  in the background   separate from the user s  desktop environment  Services can run when no user is logged on  Services are ideal for  activities that do not require user interaction and can perform their tasks unattended   Services are controlled by the Service Manager  an applet on the Control Panel     Severity   Severity is a value from 0 9 that indicates the importance or severity of an alarm  condition on a monitored object   0 is most severe  9 is least severe  This attribute allows  you to rank your monitored objects in terms of the impact an alarm has     SMTP  SMTP or Simple Mail Transport Protocol is a TCP IP based mail protocol     253    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 254 of 270    SNMP   Simple Network Management Protocol  A specification of a management information  database  MIB  that is implemented by a managed system and a protocol for mangement  applications to use to examine the database on target systems for management  purposes  Also includes facility for managed systems to send unsolicited alerts  Traps  to  management applications     SPIN directory   This
40.  id   user name  systems  applications  source  and event description content  See  Search Strings for more information about string searching     Running as a Windows Service    Overview    46    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 47 of 270    PageR can be run in two modes  as a normal Windows desktop application and as a Service    PageR is initially installed only as a desktop application  To run as a Service  a second  installation step must be performed  After the Service install  PageR can be run as a desktop  application or as a Service  but not both at the same time     When running as a desktop application  PageR is dependent on the current user login to the  Windows system  If this user logs out  PageR will be terminated along with all other desktop  applications  This does not allow for unattended operation with no user logged onto the  system     Windows Services  on the other hand  run independent of the logged on user and can run at  all times the system is up  even when no user is logged on  This mode is better suited to  unattended operation     Service Mode Installation  Running in Service Mode  Using M A P I Mail in Service Mode    Security Issues in Service Mode    Service Mode Installation    To enable PageR for Service Mode operation  go to the More Global Options tab  Enter an  appropriate user account and click the Install as a Service button     To remove PageR from the Service Manager  disable Service Mode operation   go to the  More Global Options tab an
41.  if any  the current image on the  camera is retrieved and stored in the directory entered below  If the camera requires login   the user name and password must be supplied above     Save Path  This is the directory path were camera images will be saved  The directory must exist     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     IDX  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    with the Data Source Name appended     222    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 223 of 270     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      SOURCEIP  expands to the IP address of the 
42.  if instr 1  teststr   error   1   lt  gt  0 then match true end if     You can use all features of VB Script except for global variables and user written functions or  subroutines  Sample scripts are located in the  Search Sampes directory     27    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 28 of 270    Paging Notifications Options Tab    This tab configures alarm notification by paging using a Message Server or Modem     Globals   More Globals   Contacts    Monitored Objects   AlarmObjects   MSG Files   Search Strings Paging   Email    Alarm Paging via Message Server or Modem    gt  i   Device Type       Server   Modem      Data Bits    E Enable Paging             7 bits    8 bits   2 bits  Minimum time between pages E 20 Modem Hangup wait  20  Number of times page is repeated fo Page repeat delay  200    AlertScript Paging  7    Pager   Pager Service Phone Number   v   Phone id      Send MSG files to SPIN directory on system       Enable Message Server Polling Paging Device Test Setup          Enable disable paging with Message Server or Modem       To enable paging with a Message Server or Modem  check the Enable Paging box   If paging is enabled  select the device type as Message Server or Modem     Select the appropriate baud rate  parity  data and stop bits and the com port that the  device is attached to     Minimum Time Between Pages  Sets the minimum time in seconds that must elapse between page requests sent to the  device  This time can vary but should be at least two minute
43.  if the tone  is a ring back  busy or someone speaking  The default is 10  for 10  error is allowed  When  tone detection is failing  increasing the error margin may correct the problem    Modem Device   Select the modem to use to dial the call  Must support TAPI and voice    Country   This is the country in which you are calling  Controls ring busy detection    TAPI Test Button   Click to request an immediate test of the TAPI configuration  The test message you enter will  be sent by voice to the Default Number  Note that you can change the Default Number and  click Test to test the number but if you change any other parameter  you must click Ok on the    More Options screen to save your changes and then redisplay More Options to perform the  test     Telephone commands    After the call is answered and speaking begins  you can press keys on the numeric keypad of  your phone to send PageR commands     1   Add 1 to the message repeat count  must be pressed before the alarm message  ends      2   Clear the alarm on the Monitored object that generated the call     3   Clear the alarm on the Monitored object that generated the call and suspend  monitoring of the MO     4   Disable the Alarm object that generated the call   5   Disable all TAPI alarm notifications   9   Stop Scanning   6  PAGER ENTERPRISE SQL DATABASE AND REPORTING MODULE    The Database Archiving and Reporting feature is licensed separately from    264    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 265 of 270    Pager Enterp
44.  in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time values when    184    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 185 of 270    the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description    ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event      SYSNAME  expands to the system being monitored      PROCESS  expands to the process name that has generated the alarm     STATUS  expands to the status message for the process that has  generated the alarm     TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Note that this monitored object uses Telnet or SNMP to access the target system     For systems accessed with Telnet  this monitored object requires a Telnet server on the Host  system and a login user with appropriate privilege to display a list of all processes     For systems accessed with SNMP  the target system must expose an SNMP agent and you  must provide the appropriate community name     The host systems supported and the information about each that allows this object to connect  and obta
45.  is a directory  typicall SPIN below the install directory  that is monitored for  MSG  files  If files are found in the directory  they will be sent to the Message Server or  Modem  Any application can copy or write  MSG files to the SPIN directory to have them  processed     substitution keywords   Subsitution Keywords are tags that can appear in a text string or  MSG files and are  replaced with appropriate actual string values when the the text string or  MSG file is  processed  For instance  the keyword  DATE  is replaced by the current date when  expanded     Syslog   Syslog is a logging facility used on Unix systems and other systems supporting Unix  compatibility  Syslog is used by applications and operating systems to log messages   Syslog can forward messages to other systems for processing  including processing by  the Syslog Monitored Object      Task   A Task Object is a monitored object that executes a script  VbScript or JScript   NT  command file or program when scanned  The task object can perform some task on a  recurring basis or can be used to create user defined monitored objects  Many attributes  and functions are exposed to scripts via the Script Global  SG  object visible in a script  A  task can also be executed by an Alarm object allowing the user to extend alarm  notification processing  Tasks have Schedules that further constrain when the task is  run  giving fine control over when and how often a task is executed     tray icon   This is an icon in
46.  message which will be replaced by their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type      ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string     206    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 207 of 270     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event      ALARMMSG  expands to the message generated when an alarm occurs      ALARMMSG2  expands to the extended message generate when an alarm    occurs    SIZEOP  expands to the size relative operator    SIZEVAL  expands to the size threshold value      LASTSIZE  expands to the last size of the directory    FILEOP  expands to the file count relative operator    FILEVAL  expands to the file count threshold value      LASTCOUNT  expands to the last file count for the directory      TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Note    If the directory path ends in an actual file name  only that specific file will be monitored and  only the size threshhold and size change tests will apply     207    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 208 of 270  DialUp Object Add Change  This screen is used to add or change DialUp Monit
47.  not repeated  since additional pages are defined by the schedule itself   SPIN pages are treated like simple pages     Status   This is the status of the page request   New A new request  not yet processed  Active The request is being processed  Repeat n  Waiting to be repeated  n more times    Completed Request Completed    Created  Date and time the page request was generated     Last Paged  Date and time the page request was last executed     Contact  The Contact  if any  that is the target of the page request     Page File  The paging file that will be used for the page request     Message  The alarm message text that will be sent by substituting for the  ALARM  substitution  keyword in the paging file     Paging Overview    Paging is accomplished by copying a disk file to a com port on the system  The com port is  expected to be connected to a modem or Message Server   The disk file is expected to  contain commands for the modem or Message Server  This is a simple model with great  flexibility     The disk file is called a Paging file and has the extension  MSG by convention  it is not    required   The file contains instructions for operating the modem or Message Server     When doing simple numeric paging with a modem  the file contains the required modem  commands to cause the modem to dial the pager number and optionally supply numeric  information to the pager service      76    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 77 of 270    When using the Message Server  the file con
48.  object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     226    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 227 of 270  Quick Start Guide   PageR Quick Start Instructions   To input a new licence key  run  PageR Set Licence    from the PageR Start Menu    At the main screen click OPTIONS to set up monitoring    In a nutshell  we are going to do this     1  SET UP A NUMBER OF  MONITORED OBJECTS   MOs   ie THINGS WE WATCH      2  EACH MO IS LINKED TO AN ALARM OBJECT  AO      The Alarm Object can contain a grid of contacts which can provide alert escalation
49.  on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     System Name for Event Log  Enter or select the name of the Windows NT 2000 XP System where the Event Log file  resides  Press the drop down button for a list of available systems     33    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 34 of 270    Event Log Type  Select the type of Event Log  System  Security  Application or other  If you wish to monitor  more than one log type  create a separate monitored object for each type     Report All Informational Events  Check this box to generate an alarm when new informational event type record s  are  added to the event log     Report All Warning Events  Check this box to generate an alarm when new warning event type record s  are added to  the event log     Report All Error Events  Check this box to generate an alarm when new error event type record s  are added to the  event log     Apply Search Strings File to Events and Report Matches   Enter a list of search strings or select a Search String File have the textual description of  each event record searched for any matches to the search strings  Any match generates and  alarm  More about Search Strings     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When a
50.  on the hosting system     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     44    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 45 of 270    Paging Device Test  This screen allows a paging file to be sent to the Message Server or Modem paging device  to test device configur
51.  operator  the selection value is a pattern matching  expression as described below     Pattern matching for string comparisons  The pattern matching features allow you to match  each character in a string against a specific character  a wildcard character  a character list   or a character range  The following table shows the characters allowed in pattern and what  they match     Characters in pattern Matches in string      Any single character    Zero or more characters      Any single digit  0   9     248    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 249 of 270     charlist  Any single character in charlist      charlist  Any single character not in charlist    Character Lists    A group of one or more characters  charlist  enclosed in brackets       can be used to match  any single character in string and can include almost any character code  including digits     An exclamation point     at the beginning of charlist means that a match is made if any  character except the characters in charlist is found in string  When used outside brackets   the exclamation point matches itself     To match the special characters left bracket      question mark      number sign      and  asterisk      enclose them in brackets  The right bracket     cannot be used within a group to  match itself  but it can be used outside a group as an individual character     The character sequence    is considered a zero length string       However  it cannot be part  of a character list enclosed in brackets  If y
52.  range  You can select  from the pre defined time periods in the drop down list or click Skip to enter a  custom date range     Each report has a default sort defined  but you may be allowed to select  different sort fields from a drop down list     Some reports allow for selection of records to focus the report on items of    interest  If asked  you can choose a select field from the drop down list and a  comparision operator from the second list  Then enter the value to be used in    269    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 270 of 270    the record comparision to select records included on the report     7  PageR LICENSE KEYS    Run START Programs PageR Enterprise PageR Set License    to display the System Number at the top of the screen  We need this to generate a new  license key  Please email the System Number with your license details  in Help About  to  support at pager enterprise com     The new Product License Key which we will return to you is entered at the bottom of the Set  License screen  License Key Request     PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT PageR IS NOT RUNNING AS A SERVICE  IN THE BACKGROUND WHEN YOU ENTER THE LICENSE KEY     In an emergency a temporary license key may be used     Temporary  30 day  license key   52637  This allows unlimited Monitored Objects and all features enabled     270    
53.  s unique identification string  the  name or IP address of the target system or blank for local system     167    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 168 of 270     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      SYSNAME  expands to the name or IP address of the target system or  Local  System       PROCESS  expands to the name of the process that has generated the current  alarm      STATUS  expands to the description of the problem with the current process    TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Alarm Message Text    Each Monitored Object generates an Alarm Notification Message when the MO detects an  alarm event  The content of this message iscontrolled by the Alarm Text field on each MO s  Add Change screen  The Alarm Text field on each MO contains a default message  You may  change the Alarm Text field to modify the default message or create an entirely different  message     Each MO supports a set of substitution parameters that can be used in the Alarm Text field   These parameters will be replaced by their actual values when the message is generated at  alarm detection time  The parameters available for each MO are listed on the MO s  Add Change screen     An Alarm Notification Message has four basic components  Th
54.  state    WINEXIT  expands to the service s Win32 Exit Code    SVCEXIT  expands to the service s own Exit Code     TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     60    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 61 of 270    Contact Objects Tab    This tab shows the list of Contact Objects  allowing them to be created  modified or deleted     Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects  MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging   Email   Globals   More Globals Contacts               Bill Williams Enabled Operators  Bob Roberts Enabled Operators  John Doe Enabled       Add a new Contact       This screen shows a list of the Contact Objects that have been defined  Contact objects  contain information about Contacts that tells PageR what actions to take when the Contact is  to be notified on an alarm   Contact Objects are attached to Alarm Objects  A Contact  Object can be shared by multiple Alarm Objects     To create a new Contact Object   click the Add Contact button  To modify an existing  Contact Object  double click the Contact Object description  To copy an Contact Object   highlight the object by single clicking on the description and then clicking on the Copy  Contact button  To delete an Contact Object  highlight the object by single clicking on the  description and then clicking on the Delete Contact button     61    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 62 of 270    Sec
55.  test for successful  completion     MBSA    Execute a Microsoft Baseline Security Analyzer scan against a target system  and raise an alert if security issues are found     Hosting System    When PageR is used with the Message Server device  the Message Server  can detect failure of the system to which it is attached and execute a page  notification     Room Alert    Environment Monitor    PageR can monitor a Room Alert environment monitoring device attached to  the com port of the Windows system where PageR is running  Using Room  Alert  PageR can detect a variety of environmental problems  The Room  Alert device and environmental sensors are available from CPL Systems Ltd     Room Alert PLUS    Environment Monitor    PageR can monitor a Room Alert PLUS environment monitoring device  attached to the com port of the system where PageR is running  Using Room  Alert PLUS  PageR can detect a variety of environmental problems  The  Room Alert PLUS device and environmental sensors are available from CPL  Systems Ltd     TEMPer Environment Sensor Devices    PageR can monitor the TEMPer series of temperature and humidity sensing  devices     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 9 of 270    Server Listener Objects create a service that waits for and responds to  external events directed to PageR     Syslog Server   Receives Syslog logging messages from Unix systems and raises Alerts as  needed based on message severity or searching the message for specified  words or phrases  Allows PageR
56.  the Event  Console screen  Thus  the Event Console presents a centralized  aggregate event log for all  monitored event sources     Note that you can create monitored objects that are enabled but do not have any alerting  selected  This type of object will not generate any alarms but will collect event information  which is then posted to the Network Event Console if event collection is enabled     The Network Event Console features multiple sorting and filtering options to facilitate viewing  the event history     169    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 170 of 270    Event Console      Event Console o e e e e a  Qi sE an eso a a a Feel          Date Time   System   EventLog   Source   Categor   Event   User   Description      Maximum number of events fi 00 Number of Events in history 0    Close Event Console           The tool bar buttons on the Network Event Console screen control all Event Console and  history functions The tool bar buttons are  left to right      Enable Event Collection   Latch this button to enable event collection  You can close the Event Console after enabling  event collection and events are collected as they occur and will be presented when the  Event Console is next displayed  If you enable event collection and then exit the program   when you restart the program  event collection will remain enabled  In fact  all settings on the  Event Console screen are saved when the program shuts down and reused when the  program restarts     Refresh the Event Hi
57.  the Explore button to  browse for the file     Parameters   Enter any parameter data you want passed to the script  Parameters are delimited by space   comma or semi colon characters  Parameters with embedded spaces can be enclosed in  quotes  Substitution parameters will be replaced by thier actual values before being passed   The acutal parameters used are dictated by the requirements of the script file selected  See  the notes section below for more details     Edit   Click this button to launch Notepad to edit the named script file or create a new script file  If  you create a new file  you will need to assign a name to it when you save it and then enter  that name in the script file box     Validate  You may click this button to perform a static validation of the script s syntax  Any errors  found will be displayed with the line and column where the error was found in the script file     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text    143    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 144 of 270    When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notifica
58.  the Task Bar tray  When Main window is hidden or minimized  you can  place the cursor over this icon to view a simple status report  Right click the icon for more  detailed status information and options  Left click the icon to display the Main window     WMI    254    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 255 of 270    Windows Management Instrumentation  A specification of a management information  database  CIM  that is implemented by a managed system and a protocol for mangement  applications to use to examine the database on target systems for management  purposes  WMI is the Windows implementation of the Web Based Enterprise  Management  WBEM  standard      C  CPL Systems All Rights Reserved     255    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 256 of 270    Appendix     Quick Start Help Notes  1  PageR QUICK SETUP    At the main screen click OPTIONS to set up monitoring     INA NUTSHELL  WE ARE GOING TO DO THIS            1  SET UP AN NUMBER OF  MONITORED OBJECTS   MOs  or MONITORS   ie THINGS WE WATCH           2  EACH MO IS LINKED TO AN ALARM OBJECT   AO  or  ALARM    Each Alarm Object is a grid of contacts which can provide alert escalation   It escalates a ROW at a time on each scan            3  EACH AO USES ONE OR MORE  CONTACTS   email  pager etc   THEREFORE   WE HAVE TO SET UP  IN REVERSE ORDER   AS FOLLOWS   1  CONTACTS   In OPTIONS  Click  Contacts  tab and  Add Contact         a  EMAIL ALERTS   Go to the  Email  tab in OPTIONS to configure SMTP email  recommended  by entering 
59.  the camera IP address to it s  name configured in your DNS server  This is in addition to the normal DNS record that maps  the name to the IP address     Managing Configurations    A Configuration is all of the settings and objects configured within PageR Enterprise  A  Configuration has a name by which it is known  Configurations are stored by this name in the  Windows Registry under the LOCAL MACHINE Software key  The Configuration created  when PageR Enterprise executes for the first time is called PageR  The name of the currently  loaded Configuration is displayed on the Globals tab of the Options Screen     When PageR is executed  it loads the Configuration identified as the Start Up Configuration   The loaded Configuration is stored in memory and can be modified using the Options Screen   Modified configurations remain only in memory until explicitly saved to the Registry     If you change the Configuration Name on the Globals tab of the Options Screen  and then  save the configuration to the Registry  the complete current configuration is copied to the this  new name and it becomes the next configuration to be loaded  The original configuration  remains in the Registry     On the Main screen  under the Settings pull down menu  is an option to set the next Start Up  Configuration  This displays a screen which allows you to select from a list of known  configurations or type a configuration name  The configuration you select will be loaded on  the next start up of PageR
60.  the mail client that created the  message     ORG  expands to the name of the organization that owns the mail  server     TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     151    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 152 of 270    Email Ping Object Add Change   This screen is used to add or change an Email Ping Monitored Object   Email Ping object  sends a unique mail message to a mail server then tries to read that message back from the  server within the alloted time  Used to monitor successful and timely mail delivery        Email Ping Monitored Object Add Change    Ping Mail Server                            Identifier  This is a unique identifying name or title for the monitored object     Description  This is an optional extended description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     152    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 153 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval      POP3 MAPI  Select the mail p
61.  the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Com Port  Select the COM port that the Room Alert device is attached to     Sensor Number    133    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 134 of 270    Each Room Alert device supports 4 sensors  Select the sensor  number  that is to be  monitored     Normal Signal  Set the signal level  LO or HI  that is returned by the attached sensor for NORMAL  conditions     Sensor Type  Select or type a descriptive label that identifies the attached sensor     Simulate RA Alarm  Check this box to test the MO without a Room Alert device attached to the system  Alarms  are simulated and cleared on alternating scans of this MO     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message i
62.  the search string file  More about Search Strings  The  trap message is converted from the raw SNMP format to a formatted text string  This  formatted string is searched using the search string file     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type      ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string   This is the value of the Agent field      DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      SOURCE  expands to the IP address or name of the sending system    TRAPTEXT  expands to the formatted text of the trap message      SYSNAME  expand
63.  time between scans  The average and persistent alarm modes are intended for  application over multiple scan periods  Be sure to read the counter description on the  Performance Counter Explorer screen carefully when setting up counters     The Logical Disk Performance Counters are not enabled on Windows systems by default  To  use the Logical Disk counters you must open a DOS window and issue the command     diskperf  y    Warning   If you create a new Performance Counter MO from one of the Pre Defined monitored Objects   the new MO will be pre filled with counters appropriate to the area to be monitored  The  counter values can be customized or counters can be added or deleted as needed  Note that  the SQL 2000  and later  pre defined Performance Counter MO will not work as originally  setup when you add the MO  The counters in the pre defined MO use the SQL Instance  name SQLServer  This works for pre 2000 versions of SQL  With SQL 2000 and later  SQL is  configured to have one or more user named Instances  There is no good way to determine  what Instance s  exist on a system or if more than one Instance exists  which one you want to  monitor with the new MO  So  after adding an SQL 2000  or later  pre defined MO  you must  click the Add button and display the Performance Counter Explorer for the target system   Then locate the SQL Instance you wish to monitor  An SQL Instance will appear as  MSSQL lInstanceName in the counter tree  Select some counter from the Instance yo
64.  to monitor Unix host systems     SNMP Trap Server    Receives SNMP Trap messages from SNMP agents and raises Alerts   Allows PageR to handle SNMP Traps     Axis Video Camera    Receives Motion Detection messages from Axis video camera and generates  Alerts  Can also capture and record images from cameras on a regular basis     Utility Action Objects are objects that perform some utility function on a  regular basis     Email to Page    On a regular basis  examines messages in a mailbox and generates page  requests based on the messages  Allows users to page Contacts by sending  an email     FTP File Get    On a regular basis  retrieves disk files from system supporting FTP  Used to  bring disk log files to the local system for examination by the Disk File  monitored object or to retrieve paging script files generated on other  systems     Heart Beat    On a regular basis  generates a notification that tells the recipient that PageR  is running     Task  A task object will execute a script  command file or program on a repetitive    basis or as part of an Alert response  Tasks can also be used to create user  defined monitored objects     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 10 of 270    Main Screen   Activity Log Window    The Activity Log area of the Main window displays a running log of PageR activity and  alarms  You can control the level of logging detail for non alarm activity on the Global  Options tab of the Options window     All alarms and internal errors are logged to th
65.  whatever monitoring function you wish  PageR exposes methods through  the Script Global object that allows your script to trigger an alarm  just like any other  Monitored Object  See the discussion on Using Scripts for more information     Notice   To use VBScript or JScript  you must install the Windows Scripting Host from Microsoft   WSH is typically installed with Internet Explorer but is also available for download from the  Microsoft web site     Help rtf    PageR Enterprise Page 116 of 270    Command Program file substitution parameters    When a Task object executes a Windows command or program file  substitution  parameters may be used in the Task object s file name box after the file name  The  parameters will be replaced by thier actual values before the command or program is    executed     The substitution parameters are     Attribute   ALARMSOUND      AOVALID      COMPANY    CURRALARMS    DEFMAILTO    DEFMSGTO      ERRORCOUNT      GLOBALPAGERID    GLOBALPHONE    HOSTFILE    INTERVAL    LASTALARMID      LASTALARMSTAR  T      LASTSCANTIME    LICENSEE      MAJOR      MINOR    MOCOUNT      MONITORSTART     Description  Returns the sound file name for audible alarms     Returns  True  or  False   True indicates than there is an alarm  object available  See discussion below     Returns company information about the vendor of this product   Returns the number of alarms currently in progress    Returns the default email notification recipient    Returns the default mess
66.  you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string  Will  be name or IP address of associated host system or blank for  default     IDX  expands to the formatted identification string  Same as  ID  except    for the default Syslog MO  Then this expands to  Default     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event     65    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 66 of 270     SENDER  expands to the IP address of the sending system    LEVEL  expands to the severity level code in the message      FACILITY  expands to the facility code in the message      MSG  expands to the text of the Syslog message    TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date      AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Notes   Syslog is a logging facility used on Unix and other systems  It is a central message logging  tool used by applications and operating systems  One of Syslog s features is the forwarding of  messages to other systems over the network  You can configure Syslog to forward messages  to the system on which PageR is running and this monitored object will receive and process  them  In this manner  PageR can be used to monitor Unix systems and other systems that  employ Sys
67.  zero to disable     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     231    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 232 of 270    Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string   the name or IP address of the target system or blank for local  system     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event      SYSNAME  expands to the name or IP address of the target system or   Local System       DRIVENAME  expands to the name of the disk drive that has generated the  current alarm      DRIVEID  expands to the identifier of the disk drive that has generated 
68. 0501  1200 EVEN 7 1  MAPCOMM USA  1 800 456 2190 9600 EVEN 7 1  MCI USA  1 970 221 2825 2400 EVEN 7 1   METRO USA  1 800 6225742 2400 EVEN 7 1  METROCALL USA  1 800 795 3689 9600 EVEN 7 1  METROMEDIA USA  1 800 655 6555 9600 EVEN 7 1  MOBILECOMM USA  1 800 844 8089  1200 EVEN 7 1  NEXTEL USA  1 510 385 6683  1200 EVEN 7 1  PACTEL USA 1 800 5647079 9600 EVEN 7 1  PAGENET USA  1 800 720 8398  1200 EVEN 7 1  PAGE_NEW_ENGLAND USA  1 800 543 6532 9600 EVEN 7 1  PAGEMART USA  1 800 864 9499 2400 EVEN 7 1  SKYTEL USA  1 800 759 6366 2400 EVEN 7 1  SUREPAGE USA  1 888 589 8600 1200 EVEN 7 1  USA MOBILE USA  1 800 666 6315 9600 EVEN 7 1  VOICESTREAM USA  1 800 937 8941  2400 NONE 8 1  WESTLINK USA  1 801 483 1081 9600 EVEN 7 1  VERIZON CELL  1 866 823 0501 1200 EVEN 7 1  VERIZON PAGER  1 510 293 0150 1200 EVEN 7 1    NOTES    1  the above are MODEM numbers which use TAP protocol  If you dial it with a normal  phone youshould hear the characteristic whistle of the modem  If theline is dead the service  has probably been discontinued     2  the recommended baud rates will probably all work on 9600    3  many of the service numbers will work with other providers devices so if your phone is not  listed its worth trying any of the other service providers above     See http  Awww pager enterprise com TAP_dialup_numbers pdf for a more comprehensive  list  but we cannot guarantee that service providers continue the service  Dial the number  with a normal phone initially   to check if its stil
69. 09 of 270    Windows Dial UpNetworking  RAS      Timeout  This is the number of seconds allowed for a successful connection     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description    ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event      LASTSTATUS expands to a message describing the resiult of the last dialup    attempt      TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Not
70. 270    This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Time Out  This is the time out used on communications with the host system  Zero sets no time out     Allow UI   Check this box to allow scripts run by this MO to display user interface elements  such as  message boxes  Note  If you allow user interface elements and set a timeout  if the script  times out  a message box is displayed by the script engine notifying the user of the timeout  and the user must click OK to continue execution  PageR will be stopped until this messge  box is cleared  Also note that user interface elements are never allowed when PageR is  running as a Service      Host Name  This is the name or IP address of the host system to be logged on to  You may click the  explore button to select a host from the hosts file or scan the network for systems     User Name  This is the user name on the host system that will be used to log on to the host system  A  fully priviledged user is reccomended     Password  This is the password for the user name specified above     Login Monitoring Script File   This is the disk file that contains the login script to be performed  The script file contains a  script written in VBScript that performs the host login  logout and optional monitoring  See  the notes section below for more details on this script  You may click
71. A special  object called SG  script globals  is available in the script  This object has many properties and  methods that a script can use to obtain information about PageR and to control PageR s  operation     For more information see Using Scripts    Notice   To use Login scripts  VBScript   you must install the Windows Scripting Host from  Microsoft  WSH is typically installed with Internet Explorer but is also available for download  from the Microsoft web site  See www microsoft com scripting for downloads and  documentation     145    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 146 of 270    Room Alert PLUS Object Add Change  This screen is used to add or change a Room Alert PLUS object   The Room Alert PLUS  object monitors a Room Alert PLUS    environment monitoring device attached to the local    system    Room Alert PLUS    is a hardware device that interfaces a variety of environmental sensors   such as temperature  water  smoke  power  etc  to a COM port on the local system  PageR  can monitor the Room Alert PLUS hardware device via the COM port and generate alarms    when abnormal environmental conditions are detected  Room Alert PLUS device and  environmental sensors are available from CPL Systems     Room Alert PLUS Monitored Object Add Change Fa    Identifier  titel em ateei  x Enabled    Description JRA  in computer room  Interval fo Severity  s   Delay fo    Com Port fi 7  Sensor Number fi 7  Normal signal  Lo x   Sensor Type  HIGH TEMPERATURE      Simulate RA  Alarm   
72. Alarm Options   x Log All Traps Received   e Alarm on All Traps Received          Apply Search String File to Traps and Alarm on matches     A    Alarm Notification             Alarm Object   v    Alarm Text      Optional description of monitored object          Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled    Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Agent   This is the IP address or name of the SNMP Agent system  The Agent system is the source  of SNMP traps  Only traps from the specified Agent will be processed by the monitored  object  You may create one Trap monitoroed object with a blank Agent field  That object is  the default trap monitored object and will handle all traps not processed by any Agent  specific monitored object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Log All Traps Received  Enable to record all SNMP Trap messages received on the Activity Log window even if the    101    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 102 of 270    messages do not result in an alarm     Alarm on All Traps Received  Generate an alarm for all SNMP Traps received     Apply Search Strings File to Messages and Alarm on Matches   Enter or select a Search String File name to have each trap message searched for any  matches to strings or words defined in
73. Device Type on the Paging Notification Options tab and do not select  Alert Script Paging     There are example paging files in the Samples directory     77    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 78 of 270    Alert Script Alphanumeric Paging    PageR emulates the Message Server in software and can execute Alert Script to perform  alphanumeric Paging with a modem  When using Alert Script to page  PageR can guarantee  delivery of the page to the pager service and report any errors detected in the process     When using alphanumeric paging  extensive information about the alarm can be sent in the  page request using substitution parameters in the  msg file     Select Modem as the Device Type and Alert Script Paging on the Paging Notification Options  tab     PageR can execute a subset of the Alert Script language used by the Message Server  Any  Alert Script commands not supported by PageR are ignored  Here are the Alert Script  commands you can use for alpha numeric paging by PageR     Command Description     All characters on a line after the exclamation point are treated as  comments    D    nn Jump nn lines in the script file if DCD signal from modem is not    HIGH  If HIGH  continue with the next line     E nn text Error command  Script processing is terminated and error code nn  and the error message text is dislayed in the Activity Log  window  A value of 00 indicates successful completion of the  script     F nn For nn times  execute the next L command to create a for loop   
74. ECDROMO  CD ROM F Size 893 27 MB  VCR eang   Last Error              Volume DNQI30ENU0    Loaded V Not       IV Check for USB drives  Max Drives  4  Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   x   Alarm Test   TYPE  on  IDX    p DRIVENAME    DRIVESTATUS        IV Volume             Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     230    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 231 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     System  Enter select the host name or IP address of the Windows system on which the disk drives  will be monitored  Leave blank for the local system     User Name   When accessing remote systems  it may be necessary to supply a user name for access to  the WMI objects desired  If no user name is entered  the local user credentials under which  you are executing will be used     Password  If a user name is specifed
75. ECT then choose SNMP QUERY  Hit F1 for help  To the right of the System Name is a  search button with 3 dots  Click that to find the devices you want to monitor     256    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 257 of 270    4  How To Set up a HEARTBEAT MO     This is a useful daily reminder that we are still monitoring and the alerting is working   Double click the MO to set it up  Click SCHEDULE and then click  Once Per Day   then   OK   Insert the Alarm Object you just set up  Then  Accept   then click Settings Save  then  START on the top left of the main screen  This will test the alerting you have set up     5  USING THE WEB BROWSER INTERFACE    To test web browser interface Run Internet Explorer 6  or greater  on the same box as the  PageR install     Enter  http   localhost 1088  for the URL address  This should bring up the PageR WEB  PAGE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE  To view this page from any other PC use the install  system s ip address or  server name    as the http    URL address  eg  http   monitoring_server 1088    NOTE  check the port number in OPTIONS More Globals  We default to 1088 as it is  registered as ours  which means you would use the URL address followed by  1088 to  browse events     The STATUS button on main screen shows outstanding alarms and the  pager queue     ie  alerts waiting to be sent     2  SMS TEXT Alerts Setup    SMS TEXT is controlled by a dialup script    msg   The script used depends on which  service provider you are using  eg VERIZON  Its all se
76. Enable Alarm Broadcast   Globally enables sending of alarm messages to another system or logged on user on the  network via the Messenger Service   If set and a target system user is defined at the  Contact level  alarms are sent to that target  If enabled and a target is not defined at the  Contact level  alarm messages are sent to the target defined as the default  The alarm  appears on the desktop of the target system in a popup box or in the WinPopUp utility  The  Messenger Service must be running on the local and target systems  You can select the  local Domain name in the drop down list to broadcast alarm messages to all systems in the  domain     Log Alarms errors to Event Log   If set  alarm messages and internal errors are logged to the Application Event Log on the  specified system  Leave the system box blank for the local system or type select another  system to receive logged events     Set Global Quiet Times   Quiet time is a period of time  start to stop  during the day where alarm paging is  suppressed  This is useful to prevent pages when you are on site or just do not want any  pages  You can define multiple quiet periods on the hour or Halfhour for each day of the  week  Click the button to display the Quiet Time Selection screen     21    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 22 of 270    Alarm on Processing Errors with Alarm Object   You can select an Alarm Object from the drop down list if you want to generate an alarm  notification when PageR encounters errors 
77. Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 1 of 270    CPL Systems  PageR Enterprise    Network Wide Server  Device  amp  Event Monitoring   Alerting  amp  Automatic Corrective Action       From Anywhere     User Manual    Networks and Temperature Monitoring    www pager enterprise com   C  CPL Systems All Rights Reserved           See Appendix for quick start help notes    PageR Enterprise runs on Microsoft Windows Desktop or as a SERVICE and monitors  a list of MONITORED OBJECTS that you set up  such as Windows Event Logs  TCP IP  clients  Windows Systems  SNMP  Discs and Temperature using ip hardware devices such  as Room Alert  TemPageR  TEMPer Gold  IT Watchdogs and many others     PageR Enterprise checks each Monitored Object in turn and determines if an Alarm  condition exists ie if there is a problem  Alarms are posted to the PageR log window  disk log  file or Windows Event Log  Alarm notification can include EMAIL  SMS TEXT  VOICE CALL   INSTANT MESSENGER  TWITTER etc and the triggering of external programs for  CORRECTIVE ACTION     Monitored Objects    These are the items and events which we watch for problems  Click the new   icon to see  these  There is a huge choice from Event Logs to SNMP to WMI to monitor every  conceivable problem  Special objects are provided for Room Alert  TemPageR  TEMPer  Gold  IT Watchdogs  Temp Alert and many other temperature monitoring devices   Monitored Objects each contain one or more ALARM OBJECTS     Alarm Objects   These are the rules whi
78. Host system  The list shows  information about each volume and it s current free space  To monitor a volume  check the  box next to the volume name  If you check or click on a volume  the cursor will move to the  Minimum Free    box where you enter the free space threshold to be used for monitoring  If  you enter a number in this box  that is the minimum free blocks for the volume  If you enter a  number followed by a   sign  the number is the minimum percent free for the volume  Press  the Return or Enter key to save the value in the box  It will appear in the volume display     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text  When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default    187    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 188 of 270    alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type
79. Monitored Approved Processes    apiload  exe winmgmt  exe    AUTOCHK EXE    CAVRID  exe  CAV Tray exe  cbrover exe    cstss exe  ddhelp exe     Approved    Alarm Notification    Alarm Object  b      Alarm Text  TYPE  on  IDX    p PROCESS    STATUS                    Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity    166    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 167 of 270    This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     System  Enter select the host name or IP address of the Win32 system on which the processes will  be monitored  Leave blank for the local system     User Name   When accessing remote systems  it may be necessary to supply a user name for access to  the WMI objects desired  If no user name is entered  the local user credentials under which  you are executing will be used     Password  If a user name is specifed above  the corresponding password must be entered     Ava
80. Monitored Object Groups Tab  This tab allows Monitored Objects to be organized into user defined groups for easier viewing  on the Status and Web Status displays     Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings Paging  Email   Globals   Globals 2  Contacts   Logging MO Groups      Monitored Object Groups     49 My Location 1     J  Disk Space  Local System  i  Event Log  System  Local      My Location 2  oy  NT Service  W3SVC   NT System  NT1  j  Perf Query  Pct Free Disk  Local     New Group    Add Group   Remove     Add Mis     Click to add new MOs to selected Group    On this tab you can define your own groupings of Monitored Objects to make it easier to view  MO status on the Status screen and Web Status displays by using Groups to subset the  objects displayed           To add a new Group  type the name of the Group in the New Groups box and click Add  Group  Once the Group appears in the tree view  you can select the Group and then click  Add Mos to select Monitored objects to be added to the Group  Once added  the Mos will  appear below the Group in the tree view     You can select a Monitored Object or a Group and click Remove to remove the object or  Group  Note that removing an object or Group does not delete the Monitored Object s  from  your configuration  They are only removed from the grouping scheme     189    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 190 of 270    Once Groups are created  the appear in the MO Subset drop down lists on the Status and  We
81. Obj  Returns an object reference to an Event Log record Object  Can be used when a script is    executed by a Task invoked by an Event Log Monitored Object or by a script executed by an  Event Log MO for string matching  See Event Log Record Object Attributes for the list of  attributes exposed by this object     Set evtobj   SG GetEventRecObj    GetObj name     Returns an object reference from persistent storage  Object reference must have been saved  with PutObj     Set myobj   SG GetObj  myobj      GetVar name     Returns the value of a variable from persistent storage  Variable must have been saved with  PutVar     myvar   SG GetVar  myvar      MOGet Attr     Returns named data attribute value from the monitored object that executed the script or from  a specific object in the global collection of monitored objects  If you want to retrieve attributes  for a specific monitored object in the collection  specify the object s index number before the  attribute name  This index is the object position in the collection in the order the objects are  loaded at start up  The number of objects can be obtained from SG MOCount  allowing you to  iterate the object list     msgbox SG MOGet  desc    msgbox SG MOGet  moidx 3 desc      MOReset  Resets the alarm condition of the monitored object that triggered task execution  Can be used  to terminate alarm processing for the monitored object     PutObj name  objref  Stores an object reference variable in persisten storage under the name s
82. Object  Wscript Shell    i   sg mocount  for j 1 toi  msg        amp  j  amp        amp  sg moget  moidx  8 amp j amp   desc    i   wsh popup msg  10   Test   33   if i   2 then exit for  next  End Sub    Persistent Storage   Task objects that execute scripts retain global variables during the scanning process  This  means the Task can retain data in global variables for the length of the scan run  However   such global variables are lost when scanning stops  Thus data cannot be retained over  multiple starts and stops of the scanning process  However  the Script Global object provides  support for persistent data storage for a task  You can store and retrieve variables and object  references thereby persisting data over multiple scans  Persistent storage exists as long as  the product is executing     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 115 of 270    Using Task Objects    Task Monitored Objects are used to execute user written script  command or program files   Much of the power of this function is in the information and functions that PageR makes  available to the script  command or program file     Task Objects can be used in two ways  One is to use a Task to execute a function on a  repetitive basis or to create your own Monitored Object by writing a script and using a Task  to execute it on a repetitive basis  In this case  the Task is set to be run by the Scan process  each time a scan is performed  See the additional discussion later in this topic      The second use of the
83. PageR running as a Service  PageR cannot be run as a Service and a desktop  application at the same time with the exception of Maintenance Mode  see below      When run as a Service  PageR will automatically begin scanning the configured monitored  objects when started  No screens will be displayed  Alerts will be processed just as when  PageR is run as a desktop application  there is just no visible user interface  You can use the  Web Status feature or the Instant Messaging feature to monitor the PageR service     You can use the Services Manager applet in the Control Panel to Pause the PageR Serivce   If this case  scanning of monitored objects and alert processing is suspened  You can click  the Continue button to resume scanning and alert processing  You can shutdown the  PageR Service with the Stop button on the Services Manager     When running in Service Mode  Alerts  errors or other important information are logged to  the Application Event Log on the local system as well as to the Web Status display and the  disk log file  if enabled      It is recommended that the initial evaluation and configuration building be done running  PageR as a desktop application and then shift to running in Service Mode when the  configuration is stable     If PageR is running as a Service and you run PageR on the desktop  the desktop PageR will  ask if you wish to enter Maintenance Mode  If you answer no  PageR will shutdown  as you  cannot run PageR as a Service and a desktop applicati
84. QL 2005 Express Edition  it is recommended that you also  download and install the SQL Server Management Studio Express  administration tool from Microsoft  just Google it to find the download site      Installing the SQL Database    Before you can use the Archiving and Reporting feature  the Archive database  must be installed  This database is called Pager Enterprise and is located in a  new or existing MSSQL Instance  If you already have MSSQL at your site you  can install the Pager Enterprise database into an existing or new Instance     If you do not have MSSQL installed  you can download and install the free  SQL 2005 Express Edition from Microsoft  Once you have an MSSQL  Instance available  you can use the CreateDB sql script located in the Pager  Enterprise Reports directory to create the database  Note that the MSSQL  Instance does not have to be located on the same system as Pager  Enterprise is installed     Creating the Database    In the  Reports folder of the Pager Enterprise install there is a script file called    266    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 267 of 270    CreateDB sq   Double click it to create the database     If that does not work  try using the SQL administration tool that you employ    eg SQL Server Management Studio Express  and open a Query Analyzer  window  Load the script into the query window and execute it while logged  into the MSSQL Instance as the DB Admin     Failure is likely to be a security problem  eg you are not logged on as  Admi
85. R Enterprise Page 7 of 270    Windows Management Instrumentation  WMI  Events    Monitors the local or remote Windows system using WMI Event Reporting  and raises an Alert if WMI detects the defined events     Domain Name System    Checks DNS servers and raises and Alert if the server does not respond or  incorrectly resolves sample requests     SNMP Query    Checks SNMP Mib object values on SNMP agents and raises an Alert if  object values are out of tolerance     TCP Services    Checks the availability of TCP Network Services  such as FTP  SMTP  HTTP  and more  on selected systems     Web Page    Checks web servers by Downloading a specified web page from the server   Raises an Alert if the page fails to download or takes too long     Email Check    Reads email messages on mail server and scans them for text strings   Generate Alert or execute Task if strings found     Email Ping    Sends a unique mail message to a mail server and tries to read that  message back in a set time period to monitor timely mail delivery     Bandwidth    Monitors network traffic on a target system s network interfaces  Generates  Alert if the traffic level exceeds preset thresholds     Directory    Monitors a Windows disk directory and generates an Alert if total file size or  count exceeds preset thresholds     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 8 of 270    DialUp  Dial a modem number and test for successful connection in the allowed time   SQL Query    Execute an SQL query against an SQL server and
86. ReportViewer must have the  Net  Framework 2 0 and the Crystal Reports 10 runtime installed     If you wish to modify the reports  copy them and then modify the copies  You  must have a Crystal Reports design environment or Visual Studio 2005 to  modify the reports     You can create your own reports in any reporting tool you wish  but the  ReportViewer application can only be used with Crystal Reports and then only  reports that have been designed with the conventions of the included  standard reports     When you run the ReportViewer application you will need to select a report by  using the recent reports list under the File menu or by clicking the Select  Report button  If you have not previously connected to the database  you will  be prompted for the SQL Instance and login information  This will be retained  but can be changed under the File menu     You will then be prompted for any parameters needed by the report  All of the  included reports will ask for the name of the Monitoring System  If have only  one monitoring system or want to report all systems you have  click on Skip  If  you wish to select a specific system  enter it s name in the field and click  Accept     ReportViewer will remember your answers to each parameter prompt from the  last time you ran a report and pre fill the fields with those values  You must  still click Accept to keep the value  Clicking Skip says you do not wish to  supply a value     On log type reports  you will be prompted for a date
87. SSQL Instance   You can use an existing DSN or create a new DSN with the Data Sources control panel  applet  A DSN describes a database connection as a system name and Instance name  The  DSN selected must point to the system and Instance of MSSQL where the PageR database is  installed     In order for a Monitored Object to be included in database archiving  you just select  that MO type on the Logging Tab of the Options Window  You do not have to enable disk  file logging  just select the MOs you wish recorded in the database     To install the PageR database  you must run the MSSQL Query Analyzer  logged on as the  DBA  and attach to the MSSQL instance where you wish the PageR database to reside  In  the Query Analyzer  execute the file CreateDB sql found in the PageR install directory  This  script will create the database  The script will also add a login  PageR  password PageR   to  the database and set that login to be the db_owner of the database  This user will be set to  use SQL Authentication  Integrated Authentication cannot be used with the archive  database     Note that the first time you save the PageR configuration after enabling database archiving   PageR will record all monitored objects in the configuration to the database  This may take  some time to complete  After the first time  PageR only updates the database for changed  MOs when the configuration is saved     During scaning  PageR is updating the database in the background for events  alarms and  not
88. Select the    267    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 268 of 270    Database tab  Enable the use of the database and select the DSN from the  drop down list  Enter user name and password     Finally  go the the Options Window and select the Logging tab  Check the  Monitored Object types you wish to have recorded in the database  You do  not have to enable disk file logging  just select the MOs to be included in  database logging     Now  save the Pager Enterprise configuration by going to Settings Save  Configuration to Registry  Note that the first time you save the configuration  after enabling the database  there will be a significant delay while Pager  Enterprise writes all your Monitored Objects to the database  After this initial  update  only changed MOs will be updated on future configuration saves     Logging data to the Database    When database archiving is enabled  Pager Enterprise will record basic  information about new or changed Monitored Objects in the MonitoredObjects  table  It will record the start and stop time of every scanning session and the  time of any configuration change in the ScanLog table  Every alarm generated  by a Monitored Object is recorded in the AlarmLog table as well as any  notifications  paging email  etc  that are performed in response to alarms or  processing errors  NotificationLog table   Finally  network events processed  by Pager Enterprise MOs  Eventlog  Snmp trap  Syslog  WMI events  are  recorded in the EventLog table     Record
89. Services   This is the list of the TCP Services selected to be monitored  You may add services by  selecting them in the Available Services box and clicking Add  You may remove services by  selecting them and clicking Remove     Extension Script File   This field identifies a VBScript file that will be executed for a particular service once a  connection to the service has been established  Click on a serivce in the Monitored TCP  Services list to see the script file assigned to a service  See below for more information     Extension Script Parameters  This field contains any parameters to be passed to the extension script  if any  for a service     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to th
90. TERROR expands to the last error posted by this monitored object         TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Windows 2000 System Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Windows 2000 System monitored object      W2K System Monitored Object Add Change Fa  Description Me eee nett  X Enabled  Interval fo Severity  s 7  Delay fo  System Name  myw2k1 x     Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   x    Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   pnot responding          Optional description of monitored object       Description    179    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 180 of 270    This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Server Name  Enter or select the name of the Windows 2000 Server or Workstation sy
91. Window  The More Options Window contains a series of tabs that give access to additional PageR  configuration options     More Options Ea    Speech   Skype   Database      Voice      iti ia thee    Speak Punctuation      Speak Alarm Prefix    Rate    Volume       MV Speak Alarm Message    Format  SAFT22kHz1 6BitMono    r Speak Alarm Extended    Information   Device less Playback      Timeout  20    J   Speak in Service Mode    j le text t k     ample text to spea aoa          Select speaking voice        The More Options window allows access to additional PageR configuration settings  The  settings are organized onto tabs  Switch between setting tabs by clicking on the appropriate  tab     237    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 238 of 270    The settings tabs are   Speech   Skype   Database    After making changes to one or more tabs  you can click CANCEL to discard the changes  and return to the Main window or OK to accept all changes and return to the Main window   Accepted changes are retained temporarily until saved to the Registry or until you exit  PageR  If there are unsaved changes at exit  you will be prompted to either keep the  changes to the Registry or discard them     238    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 239 of 270    Speech Options Tab    This tab configures spoken messages and alarms     On the Options 2 tab of the primary Options screen  you can select audible alarms  In  addition to selecting sound files or built in sounds  you can enter the word speak in th
92. a Contact or  group of Contacts  The Contact s configuration provides the information needed to perform  paging  email or message delivery  Simply select a Contact from the list  select the desired  delivery method and type the message you would like sent     When paging  the message text is substituted for the  ALARM  substitution keyword in the  paging  MSG  file configured for the Contact     When paging  a page request is entered into the page queue and will be executed the next  time Alarm Notifications are processed  Scanning must be started     The Web Status facility allows Manual Pages to be sent from your web browser     85    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 86 of 270    Performance Counter Query object Add Change    This screen is used to add change Windows Performance Counter Query objects   Identifier  MAAE  Description  Check the free space level of all disks    X Enabled  Interval fo Severity  3   Delay fo  System Name  fT i     Performance Counters defined for this query Relop   Value   LogicalDisk _Total _Total    Free Space  lt  10           Evaluation Script File      Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   7   Alarm Text       Optional short name for monitored object          Identifier  This is a short label that is used to identify this Windows Performance Query object      Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled   Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring    In
93. age broadcast target name     Returns the number of processing errors encounterd in the  current execution of PageR     Returns the global pager ID    Returns the global pager phone number   Returns the hosts file being used    Returns the scan interval value    Returns the last alarm ID number assigned     Returns the start date and time of the last alarm processed     Returns the date and time the last scan was performed   Returns the name of the entity to which PageR is licensed     Returns the major component of PageR s  version     Returns the minor component of Scramber s version   Returns the number of monitored objects defined     Returns the date and time the current monitoring run started     Help rtf     MOVALID      NAME    NTBUILD     NTMAJOR    NTMINOR      NTNOTE      NUMBERSCANS      PAGESSENT      PAGINGENABLED    PATH    REVISION      SERVICEMODE      SMTPHOST      SMTPRETURNADD  RESS      SPINDIRECTORY    STARTUPTIME    SYSTEMNAME    TITLE      TOTALALARMS     PageR Enterprise Page 117 of 270    Returns  True  or  false   True if the monitored object that  triggered the task is available     Returns the name of this application    Returns the Windows build number    Returns the major component of the Windows version number   Returns the minor component of the Windows version number     Returns the Windows version note  Typically shows the service  pack installed     Returns the total number of scans since PageR was started     Returns the total number of pa
94. ageR     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Event Log Record Object Attributes    These are the data attributes exposed by the Event Log Record object      When an Event Log Monitored Object reads an event log record from It s specified Event Log   that record is stored in an Event Log Record Object  This object is available to scripts  executed by the Event Log monitored object for string matching or as an Alarm Task      To access the Event Log Record Object  a script must execute the following Script Globals  method call to obtain an object reference     Set evtobj   SG GetEventRecObj    The object reference then exposes a set of data attributes that describe the event log record     154    Help rtf    PageR Enterprise Page 155 of 270    The script would access the attributes in the following manner     evtdesc   evtobj description    That would return the event log record s event description text in the string variable evtdesc     The attributes are     Attribute  Code    When    EventType    Category  Source    Computer    User    Description    Description  Returns the event code ID number     Returns the date and time of the event as a string     Returns the event type asa string  one of  Success    Error     Warning    Informational    Success Audit  or  Failure Audit      Returns event category title or  None    Returns the name of the module that generated the event record     Returns the name of the computer on which the event record was  found     Retu
95. ageR Enterprise Page 260 of 270     B  IF RUNNING PageR AS A SERVICE  1  Shut down the PageR service    2  add the word  trace  to the  Startup Parameters  box in the  PageR Service applet under  Control Panel Administrative Tools Services    3  Re start the PageR service and reproduce the problem  Give  PageR time to finish its current scan and alerting before stopping     4  Stop the PageR service and ZIP email me the PageR tra  file  in the install folder      TO BREAK UP LARGE TRACE FILES   We cannot analyse huge trace files  therefore   to solve intermittent problems which require big traces   create the following new STRING Values in the registry under    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SOFTWARE PageR Globals    String Values   TraceOverflow   2  TraceAutoExtension   1    This will create overflow files with date and time extensions  rather than one huge file  Normally we only need the    st file  of the series and the one which contains the problem    The files will be of this form     PageR tra 20021120153012    OTHER DEBUGGING INFORMATION    lf Dr Watson was involved  please put a  BMP screen dump  of the message and the Dr Watson log file in the Trace zip     If an NT Event log was causing the problem  it can be saved  from the Event Log Viewer and included in the Trace zip     If its an install problem send INSTALL LOG from the install  folder which should be Program Files PageR Enterprise    260    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 261 of 270    4  Backup and Restore Config  Go t
96. aised if the server  does not respond to a probe     PING TCP IP Device  Ping     Checks any device supporting TCP IP by pinging it  Alert is raised if the  device does not respond to a ping     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 6 of 270    Host Process    Checks host system  via Telnet  for a list of processes expected to be  present  Alert is raised if a process is not present     Host Volume    Checks host system  via Telnet  for disk volume free space  Alert is raised if  volume free space drops below a selected threshold     Host Login    Checks availability of host systems and performs monitoring functions by  logging on to the host     Disk File    Examines new records in disk files and checks for Alert conditions by  matching the files contents against a list of words or phrases     Service   Checks Windows Services on the local or remote Windows system and  raises an Alert if the service is not running  Can attempt to restart failed  services     Performance Counter Query    Checks Windows Performance Counters on the local or remote Windows  system and raises an Alert if counter values are out of tolerance     Windows Process checking    Checks a list of processes on the local or remote Windows system to ensure  the processes are running  Raises an Alert if a process is not present     Windows Management Instrumentation  WMI  Query    Checks WMI objects on the local or remote Windows system and raises an  Alert if WMI object values are out of tolerance     Help rtf Page
97. an in Severity Order   Scan changed only       Enables Audible alarm notification       Each option on this tab is explained below     Audible Alarms   Enables sounding of an audible alarm when an alarm is detected by PageR  Audible  alarms can be a sound file   wav  or the name of a Windows NT System sound  such as   Exclamation   or the word speak to have alarms spoken  You may browse for  wav files   Several  wav files are included with PageR     Icon Selection   You can select your own icons to be associated with messages and alarms  The default  icons are displayed and you can click on one of the icons to display a browse window  Use  the browse window to select an icon file to be used in place of the default     Service Mode Operation   Use these items to configure PageR for use as an Windows Service  Click the Install as a  Service button to install PageR as a Service  Once installed  this button can be clicked  again to uninstall PageR as a Service  For some types of monitored objects  you may need  to identify a local or domain user for PageR to impersonate while running as a Service  If a  user is identified  PageR will logon as that user when running as a Service and obtain the    50    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 51 of 270    users security credentials  This  impersonation  then allows PageR to access restricted  objects such as disk files on other systems and the Service Control Manager on other  systems  If you wish to use impersonation  enter the user accoun
98. ange  53             X Enabled  Interval 10 Severity  a  gt   Delay fo  System Name  Poon i                   CS pi  Windows Type  windows 2000 O    Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   z    Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   pnot responding and may be DOWN             Optional description of monitored object    Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay    225    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 226 of 270    This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     System Name  Enter or select the name of the Windows system to be monitored     Windows Type  Select the Windows Operating System on the target system     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this
99. arch Strings Tab    This tab allows Search String files to be created or modified     Various monitored objects allow the specification of search strings  Search strings are text  strings that are compared to textual representations of monitored object information to  deterine if alarm conditions exist  On the monitored object add change screen you may  specify a list of search strings separated by semicolons or a disk file that contains a list of  search strings  one string to a record  Search strings contain one or more words and may  employ pattern matching or Visual Basic Script     The Options screen contains a simple editor to create and update search string files     24    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 25 of 270    Globals   More Globals   Contacts    Monitored Objects   AlarmObjects   MSG Files Search Strings   Paging  Email            Create or Edit Search String files         Legato networker string search    Monitor  nsr logs messages or   critical     alert           x Show Samples    Edit search string file       The left pane displays a list of the Search String files  STR  present in the Search directory   Click Show Samples to display the files in the Samples directory  Click on a file to display its  contents in the right pane  You can edit the contents in the right pane and click SAVE to  update the Search String file     If you edit a file in the samples directory and click SAVE  the file will be saved in the Search  directory  thereby preserving the sampl
100. at field  to have alarms and warning error messages spoken aloud using Microsoft Speech  This tab  provides options to configure the speech     More Options Ea    Speech   Skype   Database      Voice  SIR iana    Speak Punctuation      Speak Alarm Prefix    Rate       Volume  MV Speak Alarm Message    Format  SAFT22kH216BitMono     ei ae  Device  ESS Playback   i    MV Speak in Service Mode  Timeout  20    Sample text to speak     j Speak            Select speaking voice        Voice  Select the voice to use from the available voices on your system     Rate  Set the speed of speaking     Volume  Set the volume of speech     Format  Select the format of the  wav that is generated and spoken for text to speech  Generally  you  should use SAFT22kHz16BitMono     239    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 240 of 270    Device  Select the output device from those available on your system     Timeout  Set a timeout in seconds to limit how much time is allowed to speak messages or Zero to not  limit the length of messages     Speak Punctuation  Enable to have punctuation characters spoken  Normally they are ingored     Speak Alarm Prefix  Enable to speak the prefix text  Monitored Object identifier  with alarm messages  Normally  only the alarm is spoken     Speak Alarm Message  Enable to speak alarm messages     Speak Alarm Extended Information  Enable to speak the extended information that may be available with alarm messages     Speak in Service Mode  Enable to have speech occur when t
101. atabase  Click on the CreateDB sq  file  This should  launch the SQL administration tool installed on your system with the script in a query window   Logon to the DB Admin user  If clicking the script does not start an SQL administration tool   you will need to manually start the SQL administration tool that you normally use and logon as  the DB Admin user  Open a Query window  Load the script file into the query window  After  loading the script with either method  execute it     This script will create the database  The script will also add a login  PageR  with password  PageR5  with access to the database and set that login to be the db_owner of the database   This user will use SQL Authentication  Integrated Authentication cannot be used with the  archive database  While the user name and password default to PageR and PageR6d for  simplicity  you can change either to your own values     Once the script has completed  use your SQL Administration tool to verify that the database  exists and the login exists and that the login has been assigned access to the database and  has the db_owner role enabled     Note that the MSSQL Instance does not have to be located on the same system as PageR is  installed     If you are installing SQL 2005 Express Edition for the first time  you must enable the TCP IP  protocol for communication with SQL Express  On the SQL 2005 Express Edition Start Menu   there is an item called SQL Server Configuration Manager  Exexute it and Open the SQL  S
102. ation and paging files     Paging Device Test Setup x     File to send to Device   TT        o ooo       Enter or Select a paging file to be sent to the Message Server or Modem configured as the  paging device  Press the SEND button to send the file to the device  The paging file will be  executed and any errors will be displayed in the Main window log area     The Optional Message Text will be substituted for any  ALARM  substitution keyword  found in the paging file     String Searching Event Log Records    In order to allow string searches of Event Logs  an event log record is converted into a  textual format before the search is performed  The event s attributes are strung together in a  keyword value semicolon separated list  Thus  the following event record     45    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 46 of 270    Event Detail x     Date  6 10 97 EventID  4000  Time  8 15 55 AM Source  LPDSYC  User  N A Type  Information  Computer  RACNT Category  None  Description      PD service started successfully        Previous   Next   Help         Would be converted into the following format for string searching     time 6 10 97 8 15 55 AM  system RACNT  type Information  source LPDSVC   id 4000  category NONE  user N A  desc LPD Service started successfully      there are no spaces after the semicolons and no line wrap  The spaces and line wrap  shown here are for readability only     This allows string searches to be used to generate different alarms for particular error  numbers 
103. b Status displays  You can select the Group from the list and only the Monitored Objects in  that Group will be displayed        Status  Idle  press Start to begin monitoring         ra 6 80 A 1     g My Location 2    Alarms Only        Monitored Object C  My Location 1   My Location 2        Monitored Object T  Disk Space   Disk File    S    Z0DNS Check  NT Service W3S  C 9    NT System NT1 9 Ha    Perf Query Pct Free Disk  Local  9 0                                                                              190    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 191 of 270    UDP Services Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a list of UDP Services which will be monitored on a  selected system        UDP Services Monitored Object Add Change       fo fs   D  Schedule  161 2081221    e    3COM TSMUX  106  SNMP  161   AUTH  113  SNMP TRAP  162   BACKUP EXPRESS  6123                       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object      Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay  This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  noti
104. ble and difficult to use  For this reason  a custom Report Viewer was created   When you select a report using this viewer  it handles the parameter prompting in concert with  the standard structure of the reports and facilitates the use of the reports  Reports are viewed   on line but can be printed     ReportViewer can be run on the PageR host system or from any other system you wish  For  other systems  you must be able to map a drive to the Reports sub directory of the PageR  install directory or you can just copy the reports directory to the system that will be running the  ReportViewer  The system which will execute the ReportViewer must have the  Net  Framework 2 0 and the Crystal Reports 10 runtime installed     If you wish to modify the reports  copy them and then modify the copies  You must have a  Crystal Reports design environment or Visual Studio 2005 to modify the reports     You can create your own reports in any reporting tool you wish  but the ReportViewer    247    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 248 of 270    application can only be used with Crystal Reports and then only reports that have been  designed with the conventions of the included standard reports     If you have ideas for modifications to the included reports or for new reports  but are not able  to create them youself  contact your distributor for assistance     When you run the ReportViewer application you will need to select a report by using the  recent reports list under the File menu or by c
105. cally installed with Internet Explorer but is also available for download from the  Microsoft web site  See www microsoft com scripting for downloads and documentation     Using Scripts    Scripts written in VBScript or JScript  as supported by the Windows Scripting Host  WSH  can  be executed by Task objects  See www microsoft com scripting for detailed information  about Microsoft s scripting tools  Sample scripts are provided in the  Scripts Samples  directory     Sub Main   Your script must have a Sub Main procedure  You can have any number of procedures and  global variables  but one procedure must be called Sub Main  This Sub Main procedure is  executed by the Task object to start your script  If you are passing parameters to the script   you must add an array parameter to the Sub Main statement  Each passed parameter is  available in the array starting with array subscript zero  example  Sub Main  MyParms         Script Globals Object   The Task object that hosts your script exposes an object for your use called the Script  Globals Object  This object is access in your script with the object name SG  There are an  extensive number of data attributes and functions exposed by SG  See below for details     Accessing WSH Scripting Objects   Normally  WSH exposes the Wscript object to scripts  Wscript allows access to information  about WSH and to the CreateObject method  CreateObject is used to create all other types of  WSH or Scripting Run Time Library objects     The Ws
106. camera that sent the last motion  detection message      SOURCENAME  expands to the DNS name  if available  of the camera that  sent the last motion detection message      SOURCE  expands to the DNS name if available and if not  the IP  address of camera that sent the last motion detection  message     MSG  expands to the actual content of the last motion detection  message     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Notes    This monitored object listens for Motion Detection messages sent by Axis Video Cameras  on the network  The Video camera must be configured to send such messages to the system  hosting PageR on the port number set on this MO  If an IP address or DNS name is entered   then the MO will only process messages from the camera with that address or name  If the IP  address box is left blank  then the MO becomes the default camera MO and will process  messages from any camera that is not handled by an MO with a specific address or name     For motion detection to be monitored  you must configure the camera to have a TCP Event  Server record that points to the system where PageR is hosted using the same Port number  entered on this MO  Use the same port number for all cameras and all MOs  Then configure  the Motion Detectio
107. can be  used as a Search String file  Search String files contain words or phrases  one to a line   that can be applied to event log or disk log file records to determine if an alarm  condition is present     activity log  A long term recording of the activity log messages that appear in the Main window log  box  This log is written to the  LOG disk file     alarm  An alarm is the occurence of a condition or event on an object on the network that is  monitored for and if detected  notification  s  are generated     Alarm ID    A unique number assigned to every alarm event  Typically used for numeric paging     Alarm Object   An Alarm Object contains information about alarm notification   Each Monitored Object  is linked to an Alarm Object  Alarm Objects contain the information needed to page   broadcast or e mail an alarm notification generated by an Alarm on a Monitored Object     Alarm Text   Alarm Text is the message text that is issued when an alarm event occurs on a  Monitored Object   This text is written to the log screen and log file to record the alarm  and the text is what is mailed for e mail notification and what is sent to another system  for broadcast notification  The alarm text can also be sent to an alphanumeric pager  An  example of alarm text is the message  161 208 12 5 not responding  being issued when a  ping object fails to reply to a ping  The Alarm Text for each Monitored Object can be  customized     250    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 251 of 270  
108. ch ROW gets alerted together  If the problem persists it escalates down through the other  rows  You can leave boxes and whole rows blank and it will only alert on the boxes cells filled  in     3  MO s  To add an MO  go to Monitored Objects TAB on the OPTIONS screen and click Add Object     The Monitored Object Types you see all have a different purpose and some are very powerful   eg SNMP QUERY   Double click one then hit the F1 key  This will display the help  information for that MO  It s important you understand what all these MO types do  They are  your monitoring toolkit  Scroll down to see tham all  The license cost is based on how many  of these MOs you wish to use     4  Set up a HEARTBEAT MO     This is a daily reminder that PageR is still monitoring and the alerting is working  Double click  the MO to set it up  Click Schedule and then click Once Per Day  then OK  Insert the Alarm  Object you just set up  Then click Accept  Now click Settings Save  then START on the top  left of the main screen  This will test the alerting you have set up     5  Run Internet Explorer 5  or greater  on the same PC as PageR     Enter  http   localhost 1088  for the URL address  This should bring up the PAGER WEB  PAGE MANAGEMENT INTERFACE  To view this page from any other PC use the PageR  system s ip address or      server name    as the http    URL address     Note  check the port number in OPTIONS More Globals  We default to 1088 as it is registered  as ours  which means you woul
109. ch govern alerting when a problem is detected and can include alert  escalation  task objects  problem correction  server shutdown etc  Alarm Objects each  contain one or more CONTACTS     Contacts    These are the people we contact when there is an alert and contact also defines the  methodology of communication  eg email  SMS TEXT  Voice  Instant Message etc     When first installing PageR we therefore recommend setting these three items up in reverse  order  since they depend on each other  ie  1  contacts   2  alarm objects  3  monitored  objects     On any screen in PageR Enterprise you can press the F1 key for context help     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 2 of 270    Main Screen  new style     PageR Enterprise  0 Alarms  DER     File Settings Help     an GF  CAH SZ HA     7                 a Run Statistics arms     Monitored Objects Started at 20 11 2012 17 06 12 Elapsed 1 Number of  Total Detected O   Ba Systems  5  Monitoring Started at Elapsed Scans 0 In Progress 0     Alarm Objects  3  Last Scan at Elapsed Errors 0 w Total Pages 0   1  Contact Objects  4  Activity Log Navigation  Activity Log  1  207 1 2012 17 06 12 Web Status Service started   i  20 11 2012 17 06 13 Initialization complete  Idle  press Start to begin monitoring    Interval 60 Alarms O 20 11 2012 17 06 13   2 start WA Inbox E Micros   2m      E micros    amp  Cicpl  age EN vOs 2 Ve  17 06    This is the Alternate  new  Main window of PageR  When selected under SETTINGS  this  window appears initia
110. cript object is not available in the Task object scripting environment  Instead  use the  Script Globals method CreateObject to create the objects normally available via Wscript   Here is how you would gain access to the WSH Shell object     Set SHO   SG CreateObject  Wscript Shell      108    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 109 of 270    Here is how you would access the FileSystemObject in the scripting run time library   Set fso   SG CreateObject  Scripting FileSystemObject      Script Directories   The PageR installation creates a Scripts directory in the PageR install directory to give you a  place to keep any scripts you create  Below Scripts is the Samples directory  which contains  sample scripts supplied with PageR     Script Global Object Attributes  These are the data items exposed by the Script Globals object  Unless otherwise noted  all  attributes are readonly     Attribute Description  AlarmSound Returns the sound file name for audible alarms   AOValid Returns  True  or  False   True indicates than there is an alarm    object available  See discussion below     COCount Returns the number of Contact objects defined   CompanyName Returns company information about the vendor of this product   CurrentAlarms Returns the number of alarms currently in progress   DefMailTo Returns the default email notification recipient    DefMsgTo Returns the default message broadcast target name   ErrorCount Returns the number of processing errors encounterd in the    current executio
111. ct  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Log All Messages Received  Enable to record all Syslog messages received on the Activity Log window even if the  messages do not result in an alarm     Alarm on Message Level  Identify the Syslog message priority levels  0 7  that should generate an alarm     Apply Search Strings File to Messages and Alarm on Matches   Enter a list of search strings or select a Search S tring File to have each Syslog message  searched for any matches to the search strings  Any match generates an alarm  String  search is only performed if the message level does not generate an alarm  More about  Search Strings     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords
112. ction of a call being answered is either by detecting sounds on the line that are not ring  tones and have a duration that is different than ring tones  In some cases  this detection is not  reliable and must be turned off  If voice detection is disabled  the Answer Timeout is used to  determine when ring tones have stopped  which is assumed to mean the call was answered   Tone Threshold   This value is used by the ring busy detection software to separate those tones from  background noise on the connection  If you can t connect to your phone  this value may need  to be changed  Contact technical support for assistance with this setting    Silence Threshold   This value is used by the call answer detection by voice to separate silent periods  no Tone     from background noise on the connection to detect tones or voice  end of silence   If you can t  connect to your phone  this value may need to be changed  Contact technical support for    263    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 264 of 270    assistance with this setting    Voice Mail Delay   After the call is answered  this is time to wait in seconds before speaking starts  Used to wait  for voice mail greeting in case the call is answered by voice mail  You may also enter the   or    characters  which if present  will be sent to the listener on the call to trigger voice mail  systems to end the greeting and start recording    Detection Error     This is the allowable error when matching tones on the telephone line to determine
113. d click the Uninstall as a Service button     When installed in the Service Manager  PageR is set up as Manually started  runs under  the user account you enter  Manually started means that you must go to the Service  Manager and select the PageR service and click the Start button to start PageR running as a  service  You can change this to Automatic Start to have PageR started whenever the  system is brought up     Services don t run on the desktop  so do not have a security context provided by the user  login process  In order to have a security context  a Service is configured with a user  account and the Service Manager will start the Service as if it was logged on as that user   You must select an appropriate user account and enter it in the boxes on the More Global  Options Tab before clicking the Install as a Service button  You can leave the user account  blank and the Service will be installed to run as the Local System Account  This account  has adequate security for local monitored objects but may not allow access to objects that  exist on other systems  See Security and Impersonation for more information     47    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 48 of 270    Running in Service Mode    When PageR is installed as a Service   it can be run in two ways  First  if PageR is not  already executing as a Service  you can run it normally  as a desktop application  If PageR  is not running on the desktop  you can go the Services Manager applet in the Control Panel  and start 
114. d or suspended  the  system will be shown with a diagonal cross hatch  If a system has no monitored objects at    175    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 176 of 270    all  the system will be shown with horizontal cross Hatching     Tool bar buttons are available to start stop monitoring  refresh the system map  scan the  network using one of the three scanning techniques available and to limit the display to only  systems that have monitored objects defined     If you right click on a system  you will see a menu where you can display more detailed  information about a system  add a new monitored object   suspend resume monitoring for all  attached MOs  enable display monitoring for all attched MOs and clear all alarms for  attached MOs     You can single click a system to focus on it and use the down arrow tool bar button as well  as a double click on a system to see it s list of monitored objects     Monitored Object view for system 161 208 12 33    se        B19  Bala lm 2   4 E ms    C  Myapp Log txt Local System System Compuer Room Pct Free Disk   Disk File   Disk Space   Event Log   Failsafe Server   NT Perf Query   My Application    s log Free space on local Monitor the local Sy Monitor Computer A Check the free spac    oe y         WwW SSVC Computer Room Computer Room Sample Task Local System   NT Service   Room Alert   Room Alert   IT ask   win32 Process   World wide    web P Computer room tem RA  in computer roo Execute a sample    Check to see if wM       Free disk  
115. d to the query     Evaluation Script File   Normally  this MO retrieves the SNMP object values and then does the theshold checking  as defined for each object  As an alternative  you can specify a file name containing VB  script that will be executed to evaluate the objects  In this mode  the object values are  retrieved but no threshold processing is done  Instead  the named script file is executed   That script can access all of the attributes for the SNMP Query MO and the SNMP object  attributes and current values  Thus  you can write your own evaluation code for the objects   There is an example script in  Scripts Samples SNMPObjectTest txt     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be expanded to their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to t
116. d use the URL address followed by  1088 to browse PageR  Enterprise     SYSTEM VIEW    System View  on main screen  is a visual console screen showing the servers being  monitored  when an MO fails the server shows up RED     At the main screen click the Systems button  In the tool bar at the top you will see three  System Explorer icons  Hold the cursor on each to see what it does  Click the RH one to  explore the network for Windows servers  It may take some time  It will create a grey box  outline for every server it finds     To set up MO s from here right click the box and choose to set up a new MO  This will take  you to the ADD MO screen where you can choose an MO type  The server name is filled in  automatically for you     228    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 229 of 270    EIGHT MORE IMPORTANT FEATURES    1  STATUS button on main screen   shows outstanding alarms and the  pager queue     ie  alarms waiting to be sent     2  EVENTS button on main screen   is a  Console Window  for Event logs  Syslog and  SNMP alerts which can be viewed    live        3  AUTO ADD tab on OPTIONS screen   allows you to easily set up a Ping test for all  networked ip devices  It also allows you to scan the network and make a list of PING  SNMP  and Windows NT 2K XP 2003 objects which can be used internally by PageR     4  DOWNTIME REPORTING   using PageR data LOGGING and the sample Access  database SNT MDB  See Downtime zip      5  INSTANT MESSAGING   each user can have their own persona
117. ddEvent in the Init method  The WMlEvent  object exposes the following properties     Name   name of the event  1st item of addevent call    EventType   type of the event  2nd item of addevent call    NameSpace   name space of the event  3rd item of addevent call    Query   the WQL query string  4th item of addevent call    Handler   name of event handler method  5th item of addevent call    AlarmMsg1   Primary alarm message for event  This is set by the event handler  method as    appropriate for the event   AlarmMsg2   Extended alarm message for event  This is set by the event  handler method as  appropriate for the event   LastEventTime   date  amp  time of last determination by the event handler method that  the  event represents an alarm and notification should occur  Set in  conjunction  with the AlarmMsg fields   Eventinstance   an object reference that contains the WMI event object returned  with the WMI  event notification sent to the MO  The object will vary depending on  the query  and event type   but will be a WMI schema object defined in the WMI  doc  The  event handler can examine properties exposed by this object to  process the event     The event handler method is responsible for examining the WMI EventInstance object passed  in the WMlEvent object to determine if the event represents an alarmable event  If so  the  handler will set the alarm messages  the event time and call SG MOALARM2    WMlEvent  to cause alarm processing to occur  The handler may perfor
118. dicating that the object could not be    retrieved   Alarm Controls when alarms are generated for a  true  comparison of the  Mode object value and test value  Can be one of   Each Time   generate an alarm on each scan that the comparison  is  true      Average   generate an alarm when the average of the object  value  over some number of consecutive scans  compares  true  to  the test value  The number of scans over wich to average is set in  Mode Value     96    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 97 of 270    Persistent   generate an alarm when the object value compares   true  to the test value  for some number of consecutive scans  The  number of scans is set in Mode Value     Disabled   object value is retrieved but not tested     Mode Sets the number of scans to average object values on Average  Value Alarm mode or the number of scans of consecutive  true   comparison of values on Persistent Alarm Mode     You can use the scroll bar to shift the columns left and right  To change a field  left click on it  and you will be presented with a drop down menu of choices for the field or a box in which to  enter numeric values     You can click on an object ID and then click Del to delete the object or click Add to add new  objects to the query  You can click on the Name of an object to enter your own name for  that object     Clicking Add displays the SNMP Mib Explorer  which allows you to retrieve and explore the  SNMP Mib implemented on the target system and select objects to ad
119. during execution  These are not Monitored  Object alarms  but errors preventing PageR from functioning normally     Disk Log File View Window      Disk Log File    1 16 03 5 09 58 PM   1 16 03 5 11 41 PM   1 16 03 5 11 41 PM   1 16 03 5 11 41 PM   1 16 03 5 11 49 PM   1 16 03 5 11 49 PM   1 16 03 5 11 49 PM   1 16 03 5 11 49 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 54 PM   1 16 03 5 11 58 PM     OLX     Initialization complete   Monitoring started   Begin a Scan   Scanning disk file  WRAC4 Sys etc console  log   Scanning Event Log System on RACNT   Pinging  gt L   Checking RAC4   Pinging 161 208 12 11   161 208 12 11 did not respond to ping   Scanning Event Log Application  Local    Pinging UX   Scanning disk file C SRACSCPLSScrambler40 Alerts test  txt  Disk File C NRACSCPLAS crambler404lerts    test txt  Disk file is too  2395 is  gt  than 1000   Scanning Event Log Application on dexter   Checking TCP Services on 161 208 12 40   Monitoring stopped       This window allows you to view the PageR activity log file  The activity log file is a longer  term recording of the same information that appears in the Main window log box  Depending  on configuration  the activity log is restarted each time PageR is started or each new  executions log is appended to the previous one  The disk log file will wrap when its size  exceeds the configured maximum     The Di
120. e    The modem dialup is made through the COM port and settings specified on the Paging  Options Tab  The modem dialup test is made by executing the AN script file DialUpTest msg   This script is normally located in the Alarms Samples directory  If you need to customize the  script  copy it to the Alarms directory and modify it there  The MO looks in Alarms and then  Alarms Samples for the script file     209    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 210 of 270    SNPP Paging Notification Options Tab    This tab configures alarm notification by paging using the SNPP protocol to a paging  service provider     Globals   Globals 2   Contacts   Logging   MO Groups   Auto Add    Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects  MSG Files   Search Strings  Paging   Email   Messaging SNPP         Enable Paging using a Simple Network Paging Protocol Service provider    Server Name Po  Port Number  444  Logon    Password  Po  Page SMSId o       Enable SNPP paging        SNPP or Simple Network Paging Protocol allows connection to a paging provider over the  internet  SNPP can be used as an alternative or in conjunction with modem paging via the  TAP protocol  TAP is being replaced with SNPP by some service providers and SNPP can  be quicker and more reliable  subject to network connection reliability  than TAP     Enable Paging using a Simple Network Paging Protocol Service Provider   Check this box to enable or disable send pages with SNPP  On Alarm or Contact objects  that you wish to page via SNPP  the pa
121. e SNMP community string     Returns the number of network interfaces defined     For each interface object defined  attributes may be retrieved using the special syntax shown    here     ifenabled   SG MOGet  interface 1 enabled      The interface n syntax indicates which interface object to retrieve the attribute for  The  attributes for an Interface object are     Attribute  index    enabled  desc  inthreshold  inpct  outthreshold  outpct  status   speed    lastinoctets    Description  Returns the interface index number     Returns the enabled for monitoring flag  true false as string    Returns the interface description string    Returns alarm threshold value for input    Returns true if threshold is a percent    Returns alarm threshold value for output    Returns True if threshold is a percent    Returns last interface status  1   up  2   down    Returns actual speed of the interface in bits per second     Returns the last input byte count from the interface     120    Help rtf    lastinerrors  lastindiscards    lastinbps    lastoutoctets  lastouterrors  lastoutdiscards    lastoutbps    Event Log  Attribute  eventlogtype  eventrecord    systemname    GetEventRecObj    DialUp  Attribute    number  timeout  laststatus  lastconnect    Directory  Attribute    dirpath  alarmonsize  alarmonsizechange    size    PageR Enterprise Page 121 of 270    Returns the last input error count from the interface   Returns the last input discard count from the interface     Returns the last 
122. e database  After this initial update  only changed MOs will be updated on future  configuration saves     Logging to the Database    When database archiving is enabled  PageR will record basic information about new or  changed Monitored Objects in the MonitoredObjects table  It will record the start and stop  time of every scanning session and the time of any configuration change in the ScanLog  table  Every alarm generated by a Monitored Object is recorded in the AlarmLog table as  well as any notifications  paging email  etc  that are performed in response to alarms or  processing errors  NotificationLog table   Finally  network events processed by PageR MOs   Eventlog  Snmp trap  Syslog   WMI events  are recorded in the EventLog table     Records in each table are associated with the host system on which PageR is installed  In this  way  one database can record information from multiple installations of PageR     Database logging can add time to scanning start up  While scanning is proceeding   information is being logged to the database in the background  but will add overhead and may  slow PageR somewhat  When PageR is shutdown  summary downtime statistics collected by  PageR are flushed to the database and so slows down the shutdown process     Using the Reports    Sample reports are included that were created with the Crystal Reports 10 database reporting  tool  These sample reports can be run directly  but the parameter prompting to customize the   reports is inflexi
123. e files     Click NEW to create anew  STR file    Search String files can be any text file  The  STR extension is just a convention    Search String Details   Each line may contain one or more words and is treated as a unit when searching target text    for matches  Pattern matching is available  Enclose pattern match strings in quotes   Examples     A file with the strings  Strings entered in the box on the MO   TEST TEST  TODAY IS MONDAY  A C    IS    TODAY IS MONDAY    A C     g      25    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 26 of 270    These strings would match any target text containing the word TEST or the sequence of  words TODAY IS MONDAY  or any text that matches the wild card  Such as AXC or ABC   The second pattern would match the target text TODAY IS MONDAY     A match string can be prefixed with the   character to invert or NOT the result of the string  match  Thus  the string set   TEST   ABC     would match any target text that does not  contain the strings TEST or ABC     String Matching with VB Script   You can write Visual Basic Script to perform more complex string matching tasks  VB Script  is enclosed in square brackets     If script is entered in the search string box  each line of the  script is terminated with a semicolon  If script is entered in a file  each line of script is on a  separate line of the file  with the first line of script starting with a   and the last line ending  with a    See the discussion of using scripts below for more information   
124. e level of detail logged to the Main window log window and the  disk activity log   0 is least detail and 3 is most detailed  Normally  this should be set to 0  All  alarms and errors are logged regardless of the level of detail     20    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 21 of 270    Log to Disk  Enables activity logging to disk file PageR log     Append  Sets the activity disk log to append when starting PageR     Log File Size  Sets the size of the disk activity log file before wrapping occurs  In K bytes     Log to another System  Enables activity logging messages to be sent to another copy of PageR on another system     System  Name of Windows system or NetWare server to log to  You can click the binoculars to  display the IP addressees Name Selection screen     Receive Logging from another System  Enables PageR to receive log messages from another copy of PageR Enterprise on another  system and record them in the local logging environment     Port  Sets the TCP IP port number used for sending and receiving remote logging     Log Window Size  Sets the number of lines of information in the Main window activity log buffer  Controls how  far back you can scroll the activity log     Auto Scroll Log Window   If set  any new activity written to the Main window activity log will automatically scroll the  activity log to the bottom so that the new activity is visible  If not set and the log is scrolled  back  new activity is added to the log but the display is not repositioned     
125. e mail systems to end their greeting and start recording  immediately  This eliminates the need for a delay  If a person answers they will hear this tone  and then speaking begins  Using   or   is the best way to handle voice mail if your system  supports these characters  Otherwise you must determine the length of time to wait for voice  mail greeting if you wish PageR messages to go to voice mail     Once the   or   is transmitted or the Voice Mail Delay has elapsed  PageR will play the Alarm    Greeting text  then the alarm message text and then the Sign Off text on the line and  disconnect     TAPI Setup in PageR Enterprise  Click OPTIONS MORE OPTIONS TAPI setup tab  The following describes each of the setup    262    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 263 of 270    choices    Enable Alarm via TAPI   Check to enable use of TAPI for Alarm Notifications   Greeting    Enter text to be spoken at the start of a voice alarm notification  This introduces the alarm  message     Sign Off   Enter text to be spoken at the end of the alarm notification  This signifies the end of the  message    Default number    This is the default telephone number to call     Message Repeat  Enter number of times to speak the notification   Maximum Rings    The number of rings of the target telephone to wait for before abandoning the connection  attempt     Answer Timeout   Maximum time to wait for between ring tones before connection to the target phone line is  assumed    Enable Voice Detection   Dete
126. e monitored object s type      ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string  the  name or IP address of the target system      DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event     137    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 138 of 270     SVCNAME  expands to the name and port number of the TCP Service that has  failed testing      SVCERROR  expands to a description of the error when a service fails testing      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Notes  This monitored object verifies TCP Service availability by attempting to connect to each  service selected on the identified system  Any failed connection will generate an alarm     You can extend TCP Service checking by associating a script file with a service  When a  service is selected in the Monitored Services List  you can set the script file and any require  parameters and this information will be retained for the service  Sample scripts are provided  in the  Scripts Samples directory     The purpose of extension scripts is to allow the user to program service checking beyond  simply establishing a connection  If a service has a script file defined  once a connection to  the service has been established  the script will be executed and the socket connect
127. e retrieved using the special    syntax shown here     wmipath   SG MOGet  object 2 classpath      The object n syntax indicates which WMI object to retrieve the attribute for  The attributes for    a WMI object are     Attribute  classpath    class    key    keyvalue  propertyname    object    objectp    currval    Description   Returns the object s Class Path  This is the class name   property name  key name and key value that uniquely defines  the object instance and property identified by the object     Returns the object s WMI class name only     Returns the name of the object property used as a key to an  instance of the object     Returns the key value used to select an instance of the object   Returns the object property name being returned for testing     Returns a formatted description of the WMI object property  including name  relop and the current and test values     Returns same as object but includes full WMI object path     Returns the last value retrieved from the target system for the    129    Help rtf    curvalvalid    testval    relop    alarm    alarmcount    alarmtotal    lastalarmstart    lastalarmend    lasttest    PageR Enterprise Page 130 of 270    WMI object property     Returns  true  if the current value was successfully retrieved on  the last scan of the MO   false  if there was an error retrieving  the WMI object property value     Returns the test value defined for the WMI object property     Returns the relative operator used to compare the c
128. e window regardless of detail level setting     Each line in the window has a severity symbol  date and time of the activity or alarm anda  description of the activity or alarm  The severity symbols are     O Informational message  D Alert  internal errors  warnings     Alarm notification    You can set the number of lines kept in the log window buffer on the Global Options tab of  the Options window  When the number of lines in the log window exceed this value  the  oldest line is deleted to make room for a new line     By default  if the log window is scrolled to the bottom  new lines added to the window will  scroll the window down  keeping the newest line in view  However  if you scroll up  the  window will remain positioned at the point you have scrolled to  even when new lines are  added to the log window buffer  You can set the Auto Scroll Log Window option on the  Global Options tab to have the log window automatically repositioned to the bottom  whenever a new line is added     Status Bar    A status bar is displayed at the bottom of the Main window  It shows current status  information             Idle  press Start to begin monitoring      Interval 10   Alarms   6 4 97 10 46 48 4M 4    Current Activity  Displays the current state of PageR     Interval  Displays the current sleep Interval in seconds     Current Alarms  Displays the current number of active alarms     Time of Last Activity  Date and time of last activity  log window update      10    Help rtf PageR En
129. ead  This is optional     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm or Task Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored  object generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm and Task Objects   An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     153    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 154 of 270    Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event      SERVER  expands to the name IP address of the mail server    RECIP  expands to the recipient of the ping mail message    TIMEOUT  expands to the ping timeout value     TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  P
130. eck to enable use of Skype for Alarm Notifications     Greeting  Enter text to be spoken at the start of a voice alarm notification  This introduces the alarm  message     Sign Off    241    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 242 of 270    Enter text to be spoken at the end of the alarm notification  This signifys the end of the  message     Skype Path  Enter the full disk path to the Skype exe executable program     Default Target  This is the default target or recipient of alarm notifications  This can be a Skype user name   target   a name in the local Skype client s contact list or a telephone number  starting with a      sign      Message Repeat  Enter number of times to send the notification     Voice KB sec   Adjust the number of Kbytes of wav file size representing one second of speech  This value  is used to compute how long to wait for Skype to deliver the message once it is converted to a  wav file and given to Skype for delivery  Skype does not tell us when it has completed  speaking the message  so we have to wait an appropriate amount of time     Message Timeout  Maximum time in seconds to allowed for a complete alarm notification message     Connect Timeout  Maximum time to wait for a connection to the target client or phone line to be established     Notes on using Skype   In order to send alarm notifications via Skype  you must configure Alarm or Contact objects to  make use of Skype  On a Contact  enter the word skype in the Pager Script field  Enter the  Skype 
131. ect Value    S  Mib 2 1  1 3 6 1 2 1 1 1 0 sysDesct String HP3000 SERIES 917  5  system 1             sysObjectID 2   sysUpTime 3   sysContact 4   sys ame 5   sysLocation 6   spsServices     interfaces 2    ip 4    icmpl5    tep 6    udp       snmp 1  zl    Done  This screen is used to explore the SNMP Mib implemented in an SNMP enabled system     agent   Click the System button on the tool bar to retrieve  walk  the Mib from the target  system  This can take several seconds              4  textual description of the entity  This value should include the full name and vers  identification of the system s hardware type  software operating system  and netwo  software  It is mandatory that this only contain printable ASCII characters        FB EB    EB     EB    EB    Once the Mib is retrieved  it is presented in a tree view in the left pane  Mibs are organized in  a hierachial fashion  When you reach the end of a branch in the Mib tree  at an actual Mib  data object   the object s information and current value are displayed in the right pane     You may also click the Full Mib List button to display the Mib in a full linear list in the right  pane  If you left click on an object in the right pane  the tree view will be adjusted to show the  object s location in the Mib tree  If available from a Mib file  the object s description will be  displayed below the right pane  Any time you right click on an object  It s current value to  retrieved from the target system and displayed  
132. ected  type carriage returns until the ID  prompt from the service appears   Type M in response to the ID  prompt  indicates you want to send a message     The pager service prompts Pager ID for an account ID number    Type the ID number in response    If the ID is accepted  the service prompts Message     Type the desired message ending with a carriage return    Disconnect from the paging service     The Alert Script file to perform this paging sequence would be                    F 03   Try dialing 3 times   S  S SAT C S S   Send ATcr with pauses   W Dialing Pager Service at  PHONE    S ATDT  PHONE   C   Send modem dial command   F 20   Loop wait for DCD  20 times  S  S   Wait 1 second   D 02   Go forward 2 lines if no DCD  G 05   Go forward 5 lines   L  03   Loop back to wait for no DCD  W Call did not complete  will retry   L  09   Loop back to retry dial   E 01 Call would not complete   R 20 CONNECT   Dial ok  wait 20 sec for connect  E 02 Connect not detected   W Connected    79    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 80 of 270    Loop until cr produces id  prompt          GaS   Cr to get id  prompt  01 ID    Check for id  prompt  02   Time out  03   Got id    04   Loop back to cr  03 ID  prompt not detected  M C   Respond with M  30 Pager ID    Wait for pager id prompt    04 Pager ID  Prompt not detected   PAGERID   C S  Pager ID  PAGERID  sent   30 Message    Wait for message prompt  05 Message  prompt not detected    TYPE   ID   ALARM   C   Message sent    S St  4  S S   D
133. ed     Log File Extension   Select the log file extension  The log file is called SCANLOG and can have an extension  which is a 3 digit number  one higher that the highest existing log file  or an extension made  up of the date and time the file was opened  The log file is created in the install directory     Persist Downtime tracking information   Each Monitored Object tracks the total time that the object is monitored  scanned  and the  total time that the object is down  in alarm state   This information is displayed on the Object  Details view of the Status screen and Web Status  This information is used to calcuate the    Downtime displayed on the Status screen and Web Status  By default  this data is reset to  zero on each start up  So the information only represents the period since PageR was last  started  You can check this box to have this information persisted at shutdown and reloaded  at start up  Then  the downtime tracking data represents the cumulative monitoring and alarm  time since this option was enabled     Log Alarm Notifications to a file  Enable to have alarm notification actions logged in the disk file Notify log in the install direc  tory     Monitored Objects to Log  Select the Monitored Objects to be logged     174    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 175 of 270    System Console  The System Console provides a system based graphical view of your network and the status  of systems that are being monitored     The System Console shows a map or graphical 
134. ed  and the restart of the service is successful  an alarm  is not generated  Check this box to generate an alarm even if the service is successfully  restarted     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be expanded to their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     59    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 60 of 270    Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      SVCNAME  expands to the service name    DISPNAME  expands to the service display name    TARGET  expands to the target system name      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      STATE  expands to the service s current
135. ed at  Last Scan at 8 20 02 4 11 29 PM    Elapsed 3 15  Elapsed  Elapsed 1 12    Number of   Scans 2  Errors 30    Alams    Total Detected 12    In Progress 11     0  Total Pages 0         Aam ID   Last Alarm End Last Msg File Sent Last Alarm Description Extended Alarm           28 Objects Shown    New record found in disk file     RECORD     volume C  free space of 2  belo       resolution failed     25318  Invalid n      Error on POP3 mail server 209 4       did not respond to ping     25749  No user logged in on set          16    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 17 of 270    Tool Bar Buttons  left to right     Enable disable Auto Update  When enabled  the Status window is updated whenever any objects status changes     All Objects   Alarms Only   Suspended  amp  Disabled Only  Use these three buttons to control the objects shown  All objects  only objects with in  progress alarms  only objects that are suspended or disabled     Sort by Object Type  alpha  or Severity  Use these two buttons to select the sort order of the objects displayed     Display Help for this Window    Select Object Type  Use this drop down box to limit the objects displayed to a specific object type  You can also    limit the objects displayed to a specific Severity value     Run Statistics   This information tells when PageR was started  when monitoring last started and when the  last scan of the monitored object list was started  It gives elapsed times for each of these in  days hours minutes format
136. ed on each scan     Use Ctrl Z as Eof   Normally  the end of file is determined by the disk file size  However  some applications use  the Control Z character as the end of file maker instead of the file size  Check this box to use  Control Z as the eof marker     Delete File after scan  Check this box to delete the disk file after it has been scanned     Report All New Records  Check this box to generate an alarm when any new record is written to the disk file     Report File Not Found   Normally  if the disk file is not found at scan time  a warning is logged to the activity log   but  no alarm is generated  If you set this option  an alarm will be generated if the disk file is not  present when scanned  This option is used for the case where the absence of the file  signifies an alarm condition     Report File Found  If this option is enabled  an alarm will be generated if the file is present when scanned  This  option is used for the case where the presence of the disk file signifies an alarm condition     Report on File Size   If this option is enabled  an alarm will be generated if the disk file size exceeds the size  criteria set  Select the appropriate size comparision operator from the drop down list and  enter the file size in bytes in the file size box     Report on File Age   If this option is enabled  an alarm will be generated if th disk file age exceeds the age criteria  set  Select the approriate age comparision operator from the drop down list and enter the f
137. ed to the Task Bar and it can be hidden     You can hide PageR by clicking the Hide button on the Main window File menu  Once  hidden  PageR is executing but is not visible and does not appear in the Task Bar  When  hidden  PageR is accessed via the icon in the Task Bar Tray     Place the mouse cursor over the icon to see the number of current alarms   Right click the icon to see a more detailed status report and a menu of options     Left click the icon to display the Main window  If alarms are posted while PageR is minimized  or hidden  the icon will change to the alarm symbol until you display the Main window and  view the alarm report in the log window     13    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 14 of 270    Options Window  The Options Window contains a series of tabs that give access to PageR s configuration  options  Click the main screen icon or go to SETTINGS OPTIONS     Messaging  SNPP   SSH    Globals   Globals 2   Contacts   Logging   MO Groups   Auto Add    Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging   Email     Object Identifier    a Axis Camera Default Computer Room Camera   E Bandwidth Server on 161 208    Watch server interface for too mu     fo     DialUp 555 1212 Test ISP dial up   a  Directory C  TEMP Monitor TEMP Dir   a  Disk File C  Myapp Log t  t My Applications log file   By Disk Space Local System Free space on local drives   a DNS Check 111 222 333 444 Test my DNS server   E Email Check Check for Mailed Al    Check mail on se
138. ed with the IP address range of  the local network  You may enter browse a hosts file name and then click Load to load that  hosts file into the address list box     You may also click Discover to scan the network by pinging the IP address range defined  by the starting and ending IP addresses and build the address list based on replies to the  pings  If you click Discover  this button changes to Stop  which you can click to stop the  auto discovery process     Once a list of host names or IP addresses have been loaded into the address list  this list is  retained and is displayed if you return to this screen at a later time  The host file name is  also retained     Click on an address or host name to select it and close this screen     57    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 58 of 270    Service Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Windows Service monitored object      NT Service Monitored Object Add Change x     Description Kia Wide Web Publishing Service  X Enabled    Interval fo Severity  s 7  Delay fo    Server Name   x   Service Name  World Wide Web Publishing Service x      xX Alarm if never started  xX Alarm if paused  X Attempt Restart      Alarm on good restart       Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   Simple Alarm k    Alarm Text         Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object  If blank  it is set to the service Display  Name  long name  as appears in the Services contr
139. efault alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     182    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 183 of 270    Host Process Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change Host Process monitored objects   Host Process monitored objects check the process list on Host Systems and alarm if any of  the specifed processes are missing  A Host System can be Unix  Linux  VMS and more     Practically any system that supports Telnet or SNMP can have it s processes monitored with  this object      Host Process Monitored Object Add Change  Fa   x Enabled  Interval f0 Severity  s x  Delay fo    System  valhalin E T
140. egates events collected by PageR from multiple systems  This data can be analyzed and  reported by any MSSQL compatible tool     The Database Archiving and Reporting function comes with a set of reports and a report  viewer based on the popular Crystal Reports database reporting tool  You do not have to  purchase Crystal to use the included reports  You can modify the included reports  create new  reports based on them or use any MSSQL compatible reporting tool to create reports from the  data recorded by PageR     Please see the intallation notes below before trying to use the Database function     More Options Ed    Speech  Skype Database      J   Enable Database Archiving  DSN           User Name    Password           Enables Database Archiving        Enable Database Archiving  Check to enable Database Archiving  Do not enable archiving until you have installed the  database per the instructions below     243    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 244 of 270    DSN   Select the Data Source Name from the list of DSNs available on your system  This DSN will  be used to connect to the MSSQL Instance that contains the PageR database  See below for  more information     User Name  Enter the database user name associated with the PageR database  This defaults to PageR     Password  Enter the password associated with the database user name entered above  This defaults to  PageRS     Notes on the Database function    PageR uses a DSN  Data Source Name  to locate it s database on some M
141. elp rtf PageR Enterprise Page 13 of 270    where PageR is executing  Paging is controlled by paging   MSG  files  These files contain  the Alert Script     Paging files are created by the user and stored in the Alerts directory  Sample paging files  can be found in the Sample directory     Message Broadcast   You can send alarm messages to other Windows systems via the Windows Messenger  Service   Alarm messages can be sent to a specific system or to all systems in the Windows  domain  Such messages are displayed to the user of the target system in a popup window     Execute External Applications   You can have PageR execute an external application when alarm events begin and when  they end  An external application can be a program or a batch command file  This allows  PageR to interact with other applications  such as paging systems  fax systems  help desk  systems and others     Instant Messaging   You can have PageR send activity logging and alarm messages to Instant Messaging  clients  This feature uses MSN Messenger and either the  Net or Ex change Messenger  Services     Voice Call  Using a VOICE MODEM PageR can make a simulated voice call which uses the text in the  alarm settings     Task Bar Tray Icon    When PageR is running its icon appears in the Task Bar Tray  This tray icon allows  access to PageR after it has been hidden from view  When PageR is running  it can have  three visual states  It can have one or more windows visible on the desktop  it can be  minimiz
142. emBlOS   Win32_SystemB ootConfigt   Win32_SystemDesktop   B   Win32_SystemDevices  Win32_SystemLoadOrderl    Win32_SystemLogicalMen  Win32_SystemNetworkCo     Wina SystemOperatingS Z       TotalPhysicalMemory uint64 66506752  UserName string RACNTM  WakeUpT ype uintl6 2              The TotalPhysicalMemory property indicates the total size of physical memor   Example  67108864    Ready       This screen allows you to explore the WMI object space defined on a Win32 WMI enabled  System  The left pane is a tree in which the WMI object space is displayed and can be  navigated  The right pane also follows the left pane during navigation and be used to navigate  as well  When an object instance is selected  the right pane will show the object s property list  and current property values  You may display the description of a property by left clicking on  the property name  Right click on a property to select  or deselect  the object instance and  property name to be added to the WMI Query MO you came from  A   identifies selected  properties  When all desired properties have been selected  click on the    add to query  tool  bar button to close the explorer and add the selected properties to the WMI Query     The WMI Name Space   WBEM defines several Name Spaces under which CIM classes are defined  Currently  the  explorer only supports the root CIMV2 name space  Nearly all classes of interest are defined  in this name space     The WMI Object Tree  Objects exposed by a WBEM impleme
143. en    Click the blue   icon in the main screen to see the following Monitored Object types which  are available  double click to open one for setup            PageR  Enterprise   0 Alarms  z   A lex   gga T  CAA SB Baa  y    Select New Monitored Object    F HOU    EagA Aau A A     Windows System Event Log Service Disk Space Disk Drives Directory DialUp WebPage Windows Process Ping WMI Query WMI Events    w oy hae Q FO y o d    Perf Query Windows Update MBSA EmailPing Email Check Emailto Page Disk File Novell Server TEMPer Sensor Room Alert Room Alert  Room Alert 2    a    R Bd d J SB  amp  DD R E    Axis Camera SNMP Query SNMP Trap SOLGQuerm HostProcess HostLogin Host Volume FTP Get Unix Syslog Bandwidth TCP Services UDP Services    d E  amp  VY F l    E a CG Ce    DNS Check Failsafe Server Task Heart Beat RoomAlert 7E Room  lert 11E RoomAlert 26W RoomAlert 24E Room  lert 32E Room  lert 4E TemPageR          ao   amp  e  amp   amp   amp   amp  NN w amp     TemPageR 3E Security Reboot System Delete Files NT4Health W2000 Health W2003 Health W2008 Health XP Health  VistaHealth Win 7 Health       chew weeee ee A    SOL6 5 SQL 7 0 SQL 2000 SQL 2005 SQL 2008 Exchange 5 0 Exchange 5 5 Exchang 2000 Exchang 2005 MS1IS4 0  MS IS 5 0    ef Jt dt Jt wd wt gl    Domino Srvr NetWare Srvr OpenVMS HP3000 4 400 Generic Unix HPUX RS6000 Linux Tru64 Unis Sun Solaris                k to create object  SCROLL DOWN TO SEE MORE MONITORED OBJECTS     w Inbo  E Micros   Bem  gt  E micros       Press t
144. en this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      RECORD  expands to the text of the disk file record    SIZEOP  expands to the file size comparision operator    SIZEVAL  expands to the file size comparision value  bytes     LASTSIZE  expands to the last retrieved actual file size  bytes     TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date      AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      38    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 39 of 270     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system
145. ends on these objects   sli a cl Stat   End   Object Type   Identifier   E E E E ee   Mm TCP Services 161 208 12 21   Only on day s  of month   ges resets e e a   E E EE E n n a a   E E E a m a a a a   E E E En Re       Last Day Add edit    time range       Schedule is checked for each scan of Monitored Object and scan is performed subject to the rest of the schedule setting       Never  When this option is selected  the schedule criteria are not applied and the Monitored Object is  scanned on each scanned interval     One Time  When this option is checked  the MO will be scanned one time during the current scaning run   When that single scan occurs can be controlled by selecting other scheduling options     Every Scan  When this option is checked  the schedule will be checked on every scan of the Monitored  Object     You must select Never  One Time or Every Scan  When One Time or Every Scan is selected   the MO is considered scheduled to be scanned unless disqualified by any of the other  settings  If you configure a schedule  you can select Never to disable  but retain  the  schedule  If you click the Clear button and then click OK  the schedule will be completely  deleted     Seconds  When scanning an MO more than once  scan only when this number of seconds has elapsed  since the last scan of the MO     Intervals  When scanning an MO more than once  scan only when this number of scaning runs have  elapsed since the last scan of the MO     Only on Days of Week  Only scan t
146. ent since PageR was  started     Returns  True  or  False   True if paging is enabled   Returns directory path where Scramber is running   Returns PageR revision number     Returns  True  or  False   True if PageR is operating as an  Windows Service     Returns the name of the SMTP mail server    Returns the SMTP mail return address    Returns the name of the Spin directory    Returns the date and time this execution of PageR started   Returns this system s name    Returns the title of this application     Returns the total number of alarms processed since PageR  started     Here are some examples of accessing data attributes     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 111 of 270    msgbox  object count    amp  SG MOCount  if SG TOValid    True  msgbox  Task is available     Script Global Object Methods   A Script Global Method that returns a value must have It s parameters enclosed in  parenthesis  Methods that do not return values should not use parenthesis  These are the  methods exposed by the Script Globals object     Alarm Msg1  Msg2  Sets the Task object executing the script into alarm state  The alarm will be processed when    the script terminates  Alarm processing is controlled by the Alarm object attached to the  Task object  Msg1 is the alarm message and msg2 is for more detaled information about the  alarm  This function allows Task objects to function as user defined Monitored objects     SG Alarm  This is my alarm    This alarm was triggered by a script       AOGet attr
147. er IRENA  X Enabled    Description  WMI Event monitor for new windows process  If a new  Severity  3     System Name O  User Name rs Password ss    Event Script File  __  Scripts Samples WMIE ventsNewPracess  txt    Parameters   tegedit exe regedit32  exe notepad exe     Alarm Notification          Alarm Object  7   Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   SplEVENTMSG1  x EVENTMSG2     Optional short name for monitored object          Identifier  This is a short label that is used to identify this WMI Events object     Description    233    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 234 of 270    This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     System Name  Enter or select the name or IP address of the Windows system on which the WMI query will  be executed  Click the     button to scan your network and populate the drop down list     User Name   When accessing remote systems  it may be necessary to supply a user name for access to  the WMI objects desired  If no user name is entered  the local user credentials under which  you are executing will be used     Password  If a user name is specifed above  the corresponding password must be entered     Event Script File   The Event Script is a VB script f
148. erates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text    When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You    can use substitution keywords    in the message which will be expanded to their run time    values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description    TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  or  IDX  expands to the monitored object s unique indentification string     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event     FILENAME  expands to the task file name     INTERVAL  expands to the Interval seconds     DELAY  expands to the Delay seconds     SEVERITY  expands to the Severity value     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Notes    The Task Monitored Object has many functions and details  In general  a task is a function    that is performed by a script  command or program file  Tasks ca
149. erver 2005 Network Configuration item  then Protocols for  lt yourinstancename gt   You should  see the various protocols listed  Enable TCP IP  Then open the SQL Server 2005 Services  item and restart the SQL Server service      Once the database is installed  on the system where PageR is installed  you must create a  Data Source Name  DSN   In the Control Panel  open the ODBC Data Sources applet   Create a new System DSN that points to the system and SQL Instance where you installed  the database  The name of the DSN can be anything  but PageR is a good choice  If you  already have a DSN that points to that Instance  you do not need to create new one  Make  sure you can connect to the database with the connection tester using SQL authentication  and the user name and password as described above     Now execute PageR and go to the More Options window  Select the Database tab  Enable  the use of the database and select the DSN from the drop down list  Enter user name and  password     Finally  go the the Options Window and select the Logging tab  Check the Monitored Object  types you wish to have recorded in the database  You do not have to enable disk file logging   just select the MOs to be included in database logging     246    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 247 of 270    Now  save the PageR configuration  Note that the first time you save the configuration after  enabling the database  there will be a significant delay while PageR writes all your Monitored  Objects to th
150. erver responds  Severity  s x  Delay fo  DataSource  iccaSewer O  Name  User Name Jusemame Password   Timeout fio  SQL Query  Select   from mytable             Alarm Notification    Alarm Object        Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   pfailed  SOL Server may be DOWN       Unique Identifier  name  for this object        Identifier  This is a unique name for the monitored object     Description    218    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 219 of 270    This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval      Data Source Name   Enter or select the Data Source Name of the SQL Server to be monitored  Data Source  Names are configured in the ODBC Data Sources control panel applet  The DSN points to  the database type  ODBC driver and server location     User Name  This is the user name used to login to the SQL server     Password  This is the password used to login to the SQL server     Timeout  This is the timeout in seconds to apply to all communications with the SQL server     Query   Thi
151. esolution Request will be sent  to     Test  Click the test button to perform the specified DNS resolution to check your setup     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type      ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string   the Request string     178    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 179 of 270     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event      REQUEST  expands to the Request string sent to the DNS server    REPLYTEST  expands to expected reply string    LASTREPLY  expands to the last reply received from the DNS server      LAS
152. etrieved value  can be compared to a test value to determine if an alarm condition exists  Mib data items  or  objects  are assigned a unique indentifier called an object ID  The definiton of objects in a Mib  is defined in a schema  called a Mib file  The Mib file describes the Mib objects including thier  type and purpose  The agent inmplements the Mib schema on the agent s system and the  managment application uses the Mib file to determine what objects are available on the  agent     PageR ships with a standard set of Mib files  If a device on your network is not covered by  one of the supplied Mib files  please contact tech support  In all likelyhood a Mib file for your  device can be obtained and processed for use with PageR     You determine what Mib objects are available on an agent system and add them to an SNMP  Query by using the SNMP Mib Explorer     Here are some examples to help understand how the SNMP Query monitored object  operates  Lets say that a query contains two SNMP objects     CpuBusy  gt  75    98    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 99 of 270    TotalFreeDisk  lt  15    When the query is executed  the values for the two objects are retrieved and tested  If the  actual value of CpuBusy is more than 75  an alarm will be generated  If the actual value of  TotalFreeDisk is less than 15  an alarm will be generated  If a query has one or more objects  in alarm state  the query object is in the alarm state  If all objects that had alarms come back  into tolera
153. eved from the host system     Returns the local directory into which the retrieved file will be  placed     Returns file name that will be assigned to the retrieved file     Description  Returns the system name where the service is located     Returns the service s unique name    Returns the service s long display name    Returns the last state code retrieved from the service    If the service is terminated  returns the Win32 exit code     If the service is terminated  returns the exit code set by the    125    Help rtf    Performance Query    PageR Enterprise Page 126 of 270    service     These are the query level attributes     Attribute  system    counters    Description  Returns the target system     Returns the number of performance counters contained in the  query     For each Counter object contained in the query  attributes may be retrieved using the special    syntax shown here     snmpoid   SG MOGet  counter 2 oid      The counter n syntax indicates which Counter object to retrieve the attribute for  The  attributes for a Counter object are     Attribute  path    name    desc    descp    currval    testval    relop    alarm    lasttest    Room Alert    Attribute  sensortype    sensornumber    Description  Returns the Counter Path for the counter     Returns the Counter name without path     Returns a formatted description of the Counter object including  name  relop and the current and test values     Returns same as desc but includes full counter path     Returns 
154. ey are the Prefix  the Alarm  Message  the Extended Alarm Message and the Alarm Clear Message     Alarm messages appear in two contexts  In the first context  there is no information beyond  the message to identify the MO that generated the message  So  the Prefix portion of the  message is displayed to identify the MO  The Prefix can be thought of as a label or title for the  alarm message  The Prefix is used on the Main Window Log Screen  in email notifications  in  broadcast notifications  paging notifications  Event Log and the disk log file     A second context is where the screen being displayed explicitly identifies the MO and the  alarm message is a field of data being displayed for the MO  In this case  including the Prefix  with the message would be redundant and so the Prefix is removed  The Status screen and  Web Status display are examples of this context     168    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 169 of 270    Finally  MOs have three types of alarm message content available  The Alarm Message  the  Extended Alarm Message and the Alarm Clear Message  The Alarm Message combined  with the Prefix  where appropriate  is the main communication of alarm information  However   some MO s may present additional alarm information in the Extended Alarm Message  This  message appears on the Main Window Log Screen  Status Screen  Web Status display   Event Log and disk log file  The Extended Alarm Message is not shown in pages or  broadcasts due to space limitations  The Alarm
155. f TAPI  On a Contact  enter the word tapi in the Pager Script field  Enter the  telephone number in the Pager Service   field  On an Alarm object  you enter the word tapi in  the Pager Script field to send alarms to the default TAPI target     REQUIREMENTS    261    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 262 of 270    1  You must have the Microsoft  Net Framework 2 0 or later installed to use TAPI     2  You must have a modem that supports TAPI and voice  wave in and wave out  calling   These are normally low cost USB modems but they must specifically state the term VOICE  MODEM     The TAPI calling Speech Format defaults internally to SAFT8kHz16BitMono  However  the  Voice  Rate  Volume and Speak Punctuation settings on the Speech Options Tab do apply  when generating the  wav file transmitted over the TAPI call     The scheme by which PageR executes telephone calls is dependant on detection and proper  processing of tones on the phone line  Here is the sequence of events that occur during a  TAPI call session  This information is presented to aid you in diagnosing and working with  technical support to resolve call problems     PageR commands Windows TAPI to dial the target phone number     When TAPI  working with the modem  determines the line is connected  PageR starts  recording the sounds on the line     PageR is trying to detect breaks in silence  When silence is broken by a sound on the line  PageR analyses the sound amplitude  frequency and duration to determine if the sound
156. f the list     Check the Tree View box to display the Monitored Object List as a Tree View with the  Monitored Objects organized into trees for object type  severity and system  This view can  help manage large configurations     Check the Monitor Spin Directory box to have PageR monitor the directory displayed for  paging files generated by other applications  The directory used can be changed by editing  the Registry      32    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 33 of 270    Event Log Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or modify Windows Event Log monitored objects     Event Log Object Add Change fa    Description  Monitor the local System event log  x Enabled  Interval lo Severity  3   Schedule    Event Log System   x   Event Log Type  s ystem 7     Alarm Reporting Options   X Report all error events   x    x Report all informational events   Apply Search Strings File to Events and report matches          Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   Simple Alarm bi    Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   SplEVENTTYPE  event   EVENTDESC  x EVENTR                               Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object      Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms
157. ffice now     StopScan  Causes PageR to stop scanning when the script terminates     TOGet Attr     Returns the named data attribute value for the Task object that is executing the script     msgbox SG TOGet  desc      Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 114 of 270    Trace Text  Write a message to PageR s internal tracing log     SH Trace  This is a trace message from my script     WriteLog Level  Severity   Text  Write a message to the PageR Activity log window  Level is a number from 0 3 that indicates    the log level of the message  Severity can be set with the constants SG LogInfo  SG LogWarn  and SG LogCritical     SG WriteLog 0  SG LogWarn   This is a message from my script     Task  Alarm and Monitored Objects   When a script is executed  the attributes of the Task object that is executing the script are  available through the TOGet method  If the task is executed on behalf of an Alarm object  the  Alarm object s attributes available through the AOGet method and the Monitored object s  that  called the Alarm object  attributes are available through the MOGet method  Use the AOValid  and MOValid SG attributes to determine if the Alarm and Monitoried objects are available for  access  At all times  you may access the list of defined Monitored objects through MOGet  using the index number of the monitored object you wish to query     For example  here is a script that iterates the Monitored object list and displays each object s  description     Sub Main  set WSH   sg Create
158. fication is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or    191    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 192 of 270    global interval     System  Enter select the host name or IP address of the system on which UDP Services will be  monitored     Time Out  This is the number of seconds to wait for a connection response from a UDP Service  before posting an alarm     Available UDP Services   This is a a list of known UDP Services  For each service  the name by which it is known and  the UDP port number it is assigned to are shown  You may add your own services to this list  by placing a list of those services into a disk file called LocalTcpSves txt in the install  directory  The format of this file should follow the format of TcpSvcs txt  Do not change  TcpSvcs txt     Monitored UDP Services   This is the list of the UDP Services selected to be monitored  You may add services by  selecting them in the Available Services box and clicking Add  You may remove services by  selecting them and clicking Remove     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describe
159. figured     Tunnel List    This is a list of tunnels that are currently defined  To delete a tunnel  you can single click the  local address to highlight the tunnel and then press the Delete Key  You can also double click  the local address to remove the tunnel     Local Address   To add a new tunnel  enter the local IP address that will be the start of the tunnel  This must  be a local address or the form 127 0 n n  A tunnel is defined by the local address and local  port pair  Typically  a single local address is mapped to a single remote address     Local Port  This is the local port that combined with the local address defines the start of a tunnel  Use  port 23 to tunnel Telnet     Remote Address   This is the remote name address of the target system where the tunnel will end  Any  Monitored Object that is to use this tunnel must have it s target system name IP address  exactly match the remote address of the tunnel  So if the tunnel remote address is the system  name  susie   then any MO that will is to be redirected to the tunnel must also use the name   susie      Remote Port  This is the remote port which combined with the remote address defines the end of a tunnel   This is normally the same as the Local Port value     To create a new tunnel  enter the local address and port and the remote address and port and  click the Add button     To further understand tunnels and thier configuration  lets look at an example    wish to use  Telnet from my system to two other sy
160. fully logging in to the host system confirms It s availability  If  the login is successful  the MO then calls the Monitor   routine in the script  If monitoring  functions are defined in the script  they will be performed and appropriate alarms  if any   generated  Finally  the MO calls the Logout   routine in the script to close the connection to  the host     Sample scripts are provided for popular host systems in the  Scripts Samples directory   These scripts must be edited by the user to tailor them to each host environment  For    144    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 145 of 270    instance  the login prompt  user name prompt  password prompt and command prompt  employed by the target host must be defined in the script  Sometimes  due to special  circumstances or optional security programs  the scripts must be customized to respond  correctly to host prompts and complete the login     Each sample script contains basic monitoring functions applicable to the host system  These  functions are commented out  The user must uncomment any desired functions and  customize parameters as needed  Additionally  the user is free to modify or expand the script  capabilities  following the pattern of host communication shown in the samples     Any script selected from the  Scripts Samples directory is saved into the Scripts to preseve  the samples in their original state     Special Script Functions   When the Login script is executed  information from PageR is exposed to the script  
161. g       Description ERA           Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object      Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay    This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or    136    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 137 of 270    global interval     System  Enter select the host name or IP address of the system on which TCP Services will be  monitored     Time Out  This is the number of seconds to wait for a connection response from a TCP Service before  posting an alarm     Available TCP Services   This is a a list of known TCP Services  For each service  the name by which it is known and  the TCP port number it is assigned to are shown  You may add your own services to this list  by placing a list of those services into a disk file called LocalTcpSves txt in the install  directory  The format of this file should follow the format of TcpSvcs txt  Do not change  TcpSvcs txt     Monitored TCP 
162. generated     If a query has one or more properties in alarm state  the query object is in the alarm state  If  all properties that had alarms come back into tolerance on a subsequent scan  the alarm state  of the query object will be cleared  Persistent alarm type      Now lets modify the example     Win32_LogicalDisk DevicelD  C   FreeSpace  lt  1000000 averaged 5  Win32_LogicalDisk DevicelD  D   FreeSpace  lt  1000000 persistant 10    In this case  for DevicelD  C   five queries are executed and the values retrieved for the  property and accumulated and then the average is compared to the test value  If the average  is less than one million bytes  an alarm is generated  Once five values have been  accumulated  the average is taken over the last five values on each subsequent scan     For DevicelD  D    ten queries are executed and if each time the property s retrieved value  was less than one million bytes  an alarm is generated  If any value is equal to or greater than  one million  the accumulation starts over  Only if the actual value is less than one million on  each of the last 10 scans is an alarm generated     More about WMI   Windows Management Instrumentation is the Microsoft implementation of the WBEM systems  monitoring and management standard  The WBEM standard defines an object model for  managed systems called the Common Information Model  CIM   Systems that implement  WBEM expose a standard object model describing system components to WBEM  management tools 
163. ges sent since PageR was  started     Returns  True  or  False   True if paging is enabled   Returns directory path where Scramber is running   Returns PageR revision number     Returns  True  or  False   True if PageR is operating as an  Windows Service     Returns the name of the SMTP mail server     Returns the SMTP mail return address    Returns the name of the Spin directory    Returns the date and time this execution of PageR started   Returns this system s name    Returns the title of this application     Returns the total number of alarms processed since PageR  started     Here is an example Task file name with substitution parameters     C  CMDFILES MYCMD CMD  SYSTEMNAME   TITLE   TOTALALARMS     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 118 of 270    Access to Task  Alarm and Monitored Object information   When a Task object executes a command or program file  information about the task object is  always available  If the Task was executed on behalf of an Alarm object   the Alarm object  and Monitored object that triggered the alarm  are also available     In order to substitute data attributes from these objects  you must use the following syntax for  the    substitution parameters      TO attrname    MO attrname    AO attrname     In each case  the attrname is an attribute name exposed for the particular object  See the  attribute lists for Using Scripts objects and Pull Down Menus objects  An example of  substituting the Task object s description would be      TO desc     A
164. ging script file name must be replaced with the word  SNPP     Server Name  Enter the name or IP address of your service provider s SNPP server     Port  Enter the port number of your service provider s SNPP server     Logon    210    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 211 of 270    Enter the logon name used to access your service provider     Password  Enter any password needed to access your service provider     Pager SMS ID  Enter the default identification for your pager or cell phone     You can click the Test button to send a page and test your settings  The Main window will be  displayed so you may observe the results of the paging test logged in the log window  When  the test is completed  the Options tab will be redisplayed     Note  SNPP pages are queued and processed after a scan is completed in the same way    TAP pages are processed  Page repeat and retry options as set on the Paging Options Tab  apply     211    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 212 of 270    Room Alert 2 Object Add Change   This screen is used to add or change a Room Alert 2 object   The Room Alert 2 object  monitors a Room Alert 2    environment monitoring device attached to the local system or the  network     Room Alert 2    is a hardware device that interfaces a variety of environmental sensors  such  as temperature  water  smoke  power  etc  to a COM port on the local system or over the  network  PageR can monitor the Room Alert 2 hardware device via the COM port or network  and generate alarms w
165. he F1 key for help after choosing an object     Monitored Objects are the heart of PageR Enterprise monitoring  These are the different  types of event we can watch out for  and there is a wide variety  over 50 types  available to  monitor all possible kind of problem     Most popular Monitored Objects are      1  PING   2  EVENT LOGS   3  WINDOWS SYSTEM   4  PERF QUERY  SNMP    5  DISK FILE   6  WEB PAGE   7  Room Alert and TemPageR  8  WINDOWS SERVICE   9  DISK SPACE   DISK DRIVES  10  UNIX SYSLOG    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 4 of 270    Operation    To operate PageR  you create a list of objects to monitor and one or more Alarm Objects   Alarm Objects contain the CONTACTS who will be notified  An Alarm Object also defines the  actions to be taken     A Contact Object contains a person or persons who receives alarm notifications  Each  Contact can have different notification options  One or more Contacts or Contact groups can  be associated with Alarm Objects  Contacts also support notification escalation schemes     From scratch  we normally set up in REVERSE ORDER    1  CONTACT OBJECT   2   ALARM OBJECT   3  MONITORED OBJECT  If contact and alarm objects already exist go  straight to monitored object setup     Once you have created one or more Monitored Objects  start monitoring by clicking the Main  Window button on the Main window tool bar  Monitoring begins and continues until you click  the Stop button or exit the program  You can set PageR to start minimized and
166. he MO on the selected days of the week     Only on Days of Month  Only scan the MO on the selected days of the month     131    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 132 of 270    Only in These Time Ranges   Only scan the MO if the current time falls into any of the time ranges defined  You add a time  range by typing the range in the box below the list  Enter a starting time  starting time  to   ending time or  to  ending time to create time ranges  To delete a range  click on it and press  the DEL key     Depends on These Monitored Objects   You can defer the scanning of the MO if any other selected MO is in the alarm state  Click  Add to add MOs to the Dependancy list  Select an MO and press the DEL key to delete an  MO from the list  Monitored Object depandancy is not allowed on global Schedules     Notes   When a schedule is checked for execution  One Time or Every Scan   each scheduling option  is checked and if none of the defined options disqualifies execution  the MO will be scanned   For example     If you check repeating every 360 seconds  on Tuesday  on the 5th of the month during the  hours of 8 AM to 5 PM       The MO will be scanned every hour  approximate since scans are trigged by the global scan  timer  only if it is the 5th day of the month and that day is Tuesday and the current time is  between 7 59 AM and 5 00 PM     Room Alert Object Add Change  This screen is used to add or change a Room Alert object   The Room Alert object monitors a  Room Alert    environme
167. he monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    IDX  expands to the monitored object s unique indentification string    plus the target system      DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     97    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 98 of 270     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event      TARGET  expands to the target system name or IP address      OBJECT  expands to the full description of the object that caused the  current alarm  including the relop  test value and current value      OBJNAME  expands to the name of the object that caused the current alarm      COMMUNITY expands to the community name         OBJID  expands to the object ID of the object that caused the current  alarm     RELOP  expands to the relop for the objectr that caused the current alarm     TEST  expands to the test value defined for the object that caused the    current alarm      VALUE  expands to the actual retrieved object value for the object that  caused the current alarm      DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Notes   SNMP enable systems  agents  expose a virtual data structure called a MIB or Management  Information Base  An SNMP management application  manager  like PageR can query  agents for the values of data items or objects  defined by the agent s Mib  The r
168. he source file on the source host system     File   File name of the file to be retrieved from the source system  May include wild cards  appropriate for the source system to retrieve all matching files in the directory defined by the  path     Purge Source After Transfer  Check this option to purge the source file after transfer to the local system     Local Target defines where on the local system the retrieved file s  will be stored     Path  This is the local directory path where the retrieved file will be stored  You can use the  directory explorer window to locate the desired directory     File   This is the name of the file when stored locally  If no name is specified  the source file name  will be used  If you specify a name here and more than one file is retrieved from the source  system  the files will overlay each other unless you add an extension as discussed below     Add Date Time File Extension  Check this box to remove any extension on retrieved files and add an extension made up of  the date and time     Ascii  Transfer the file in Ascii mode     Binary  Transfer the file in Binary mode     EBCDIC  Transfer the file as EBCDIC source and convert to Ascii     Notes  On each scan  this object will attempt to retrieve the specified file s  from the source  computer  If the files are not found  no action is taken  If the retrieved file has the same    72    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 73 of 270    name as an existing local file  the local file is overlaid with 
169. hen abnormal environmental conditions are detected  Room Alert 2  device and environmental sensors are available from CPL Systems  Room Alert 2 features  onboard temperature and humidity sensors and reports the actual values of these sensors  back for display in the Status window or Web Status page for the Room Alert 2 object     This Monitored Object also supports the Room Alert LITE    hardware device  This device  attaches to your network and has built in sensors for temperature and humidity  When using a  Room Alert LITE device  the fields COM Port  Sensor Type  Sensor Number  Normal Signal   Flood and Power are NOT used  The IP address of the device is required     Room Alert 2 Monitored Object Add Change Ea     x Enabled    Description JRA2 in Computer Room  Interval fo Severity  s x  Delay fo  Com Port fi 7  IP Addr or Name    Ws   H Normal      Sensor Type  UPS Number  1 v sma LO         Simulate Alarm   Log Samples    Identifier A aati        Flood PX Power  X DeadBox Temperature  70F   Humidity  60  Correction fo fo       Camera IP      Alarm Notification    Alarm Object       Alarm Text   TYPE   IDX   SpABNORMAL condition detected          Identifiying name for Monitored Object       Identifier  This is a short user defined label used to identify this Room Alert 2 object     212    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 213 of 270    Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to tempora
170. his application is run in service mode  Normally  service  mode operation would be silent     Test Speech Settings  Enter sample text and click Speak to test the speech settings     240    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 241 of 270    Skype Options Tab    This tab configures delivery of logging and alarms via the Skype VOIP service      Skype is a popular VOIP PC client and service  The Skype PC client is used to make voice  calls to other Skype clients or from the client to regular telephone line  Skype also supports  chat between clients  You may deliver alarms as voice calls to Skype users on thier PCs or to  regular telephones  Such alarms arrive as phone calls and when the recpient answers  the  alarm message is spoken  You may also send the activity log to the chat window of a  Skype client     Use of Skype requires the Skype PC client be installed on the same system as PageR  You  just also have an account on the Skype Service  If you wish to call regular telephones  you  must have this feature enabled on your Skype account  may require payment of a fee      More Options Ea    Speech Skype   Database      IV Enable Alarm Notification via Skype  Greeting  alarm from  AGENT     Sin Of fooodtye    tt ttti i    COS         Skype Path  C  Program Files Skype Phone Skype exe      Default Target  echo123  Message Repeat no o   Voice KB Sec  30  Message Timeout fo  Connect Timeout  jo          Enables alarm notifications with Skype        Enable Alarm Notification via Skype  Ch
171. his is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     System Name  Enter or select the name or IP address of the system on which bandwidth monitoring will be  executed  Click the     button to select from a list of known SNMP systems on your network     Community  Enter the community name to use on the SNMP queries     Scan Button   One the system name and community have been entered  click the Scan Button to read the  target system s network interfaces  These interfaces will be listed in the Interface list box   Click on an Interface to display It s detailed information and monitoring status     Type  This is an interface type description as retrieved from the interface     MTU  This is the media size or maximum packet size set for the interface     Speed  This is the speed of the interface in bits per second     Phy Addr  This is the physical hardware address of the interface  Only interfaces with a physical  address can be monitored     Status  This is the current operational status of the interface and will be UP or DOWN     Monitor this Interface  Select this box 
172. http   systemname port   Examples    http   192 50 5 2 1088 or http   mynt 1088    System name or ip address is of the system where PageR is running  You must include the  port number as shown  Once you have successfully accessed the Web Status Service   bookmark the URL for future use     The main status page shows global status information about the current state of PageR and a  list of monitored objects and their states  Objects in alarm state are shown in red  You can  click on an objects type field to see a more detailed view of object status     On the main status page you can start stop monitoring  enable disable paging and display a  view of the PageR Activity Log  The main status page updates automatically on a period  slightly longer than the current scan Interval setting  Note that stopping scanning will stop    74    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 75 of 270    all paging     On the monitored object detail page  you can suspend resume monitoring of the object and  clear any in progress alarm  This page updates automatically     The Activity Log page shows the current PageR Activity Log  most recent entry first  This  page updates automatically     Paging Queue    This window shows the Page Requests queued for processing       Paging Queue       Last Page at 4 16 98 9 53 09 AM Page Delay 120   Identifier   Alamid   Type   Status   Last Paged  Event Log System  Local  6 Simple Active 4 16 98 10 14 48 4M  Disk File C  Myappilo    8 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 14 48 4M  Di
173. ield   Returns the mail message TO field    Returns the mail message CC field    Returns the mail message MAILER field    Returns the mail message ORGANIZATION field     Returns the mail message PRIORITY field     Description  Returns the mail server name ip address     Returns the mail protocol   POP3  or  MAPI    Returns the mail server login user name   Returns the mail server login password   Returns recipient of the mail ping message   Returns the mail ping timeout value     Returns the mail message create date     124    Help rtf    Ping  Attribute  name    address    NT 2000 XP System  Attribute    system    NetWare Server  Attribute  server    providertype    FTPGet  Attribute  hostname       username    hostdir    hostfile    localdir    localfile    Service  Attribute  system  service  displayname  laststate    lastwin32exitcode    lastserviceexitcode    PageR Enterprise Page 125 of 270    Description  Returns the name or address assigned by the user     Returns ip address resolved if the user assigns a name instead  of address     Description  Returns the monitored system s name     Description  Returns the monitored NeWare server s name     Returns name of the network provider module used to reach the  NetWare server     Description  Returns the host system name     Returns the user name that will be used to login to the host  system     Returns the directory where the target file will be retrieved from  the host system     Returns the file name that will be retri
174. ifications  When scanning is stopped or when PageR is shutdown  summary information  for MOs is recorded in the database  This may take some time and delay the scan stop or  completion of shutdown     For more information  see the topic Database Archiving and Reporting     244    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 245 of 270    Database Archiving and Reporting    PageR supports archiving of monitoring information to a Microsoft SQL database  2000 or  later   This provides for long term retention  aggregation  analysis and reporting of that  information  Monitored object attributes  scans  alarms  notifications and network events are  recorded     Information in the database can be processed by any MSSQL compatible reporting tool   Included with PageR is a set of history and analysis reports written in the Crystal Reports  query reporting tool  A custom Report Viewer application is included to factilitate the use of  these reports  These reports can be modified by the user or new Crystal reports can be  written and used with the Report Viewer  You can also create Crystal reports that run outside  the Report Viewer  Use of the included Crystal based reports require the Crystal Reports 10  runtime to be installed on the computer that runs the Report Viewer  The Report Viewer also  requires the  Net Framework 2 0 to be installed  You can run the Report Viewer on any  system you wish  not just the PageR host system     The  Net Framework 2 0 is available for download from the Microsof
175. il Ping Email Check Disk File    ew ow a R 3     Novell Server FRoomAlert Room     lert  SNMP Quem SNMP Trap HostProcess Host Login    ao a    amp  A m  amp     Host Volume FTP Get Unix Syslog TCP Services DNS Check Failsafe Server Task    he ee ewe we w    NT4 Health    W2K Health SQL 6 0 SGL6 5 SQL7 0 Exchange 5 0 Exchange 5 5 nd          Single click object type to display more information  double click to create object  SCROLL DOWN TO SEE  MORE MONITORED OBJECTS     Each Icon represents a Monitored Object Type  You can single click on an Icon to get an  extended description of the object displayed in the status area at the bottom of the window   Double click an Icon to create a new instance of that object  The Object specific configuration  screen will then be displayed     If a monitored object icon is grayed out  you have PageR Standard Edition and the grayed  object is not available in the Standard Edition  It can also mean that the MO is a server type  object  like Syslog for example  where only one instance of the object is allowed  and that  instance already exists    84    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 85 of 270    Manual Page  Manually send a page  email or message to Contact s      Manual Page Ea  Select Contact  Bin Williams x      xX Page the Contact    Email the Contact   Message to Contact    Message Text    Bill  call the computer room ASAP        Message to be sent to Contact       You can use this screen to manually send a page  email or popup message to 
176. ilable Processes  This is a list of the processes currently executing on the system identified above  The list is  refreshed whenever the System is changed     Approved   If checked  the list of monitored processes becomes an approved process list  In this case   an alarm is generated if processes are found that are NOT on the list of monitored  processes     Monitored Processes   This is the list of the processes selected to be monitored  You may add processes by  selecting them in the Available processes box and clicking Add  You may remove services  by selecting them and clicking Remove     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type      ID  expands to the monitored object
177. ile  age in the file age box  Append a period letter code to the file age from the following list     s   seconds  default  n  minutes h   hours d   days  w   weeks  m   months y   years    Note that the file age is computed as the time elapsed between the current time and the file s  last modified time  Files that are open may not have thier last modified time updated until the  file is closed     37    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 38 of 270    Stop on first match   Normally  all records are read from the current position of the file to the current end of the file  and all string matches are reported  Check this box to stop reading the file on the first string  match  The file position is left at the end of the record with the first match and reading will  resume there on the next scan  assming you are not reading the entire file   This option is  not compatible with the Report all new records option     Advance to EOF   If the Stop on first match option is selected  you can check this box to have the file position  advanced to the current end of file after the first string match is found  The next scan will see  only new records     Apply Search Strings File to Disk File and Report Matches   Enter a list of search strings or select a Search String File to have each new disk file record  searched for any matches to the search strings  Any match generates an alarm  More about  Search Strings     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification wh
178. ile containing script code that follows the convention defined  by this MO  The script file is read and executed at the start of scanning  The script describes  the WMI Events to be monitored and the event handler procedure for each event  See the  discussion of WMI Event Scripts below for more information     There is an example event script in  Scripts Samples WMlEvents txt  There are also a  number of pre defined WMI Event MOs available on the Add new Monitored Object selection  screen     Parameters   This is an optional list of comma or space separated parameters that are passed to the  event script at initialization  If a parameter has embedded spaces  enclose in quotes  See  the event script disucssion below for more information     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be expanded to their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  key
179. importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     System Name  Enter or select the name or IP address of the system on which the query will be executed   Click the     button to select from a list of known SNMP systems on your network     Community  Enter the community name to use on the query     SNMP Objects Defined for this Query  This grid list shows the SNMP Object Ids that have been attached to the Query object  The  following attributes are defined for each object     Attribute Description  ObjectID This is the SNMP Object ID of the object to query     Name This is the textual name of the object  Only available if the object ID  is found in one of the installed Mib files     Type This is the object s SNMP data type     Relop This is the relational operator used to compare the object s value to  the test value     Value This is the test value  The object s value is compared to this value  to determine if an alarm is to be generated  If    objectvalue relop  testvalue  is true  an alarm is generated  The test value is always  numeric     On Error Controls what happens if an error occurs while retrieving the SNMP  object value  Can be one of   Ignore   ignore the error  skip the object  Alarm   generate an alarm in
180. in the list of processes are defined in the disk file HostTypes txt     185    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 186 of 270    Host Volume Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change Host Volume monitored objects     Host Volume monitored objects check the free space on Host System disk volumes and alarm  if free space falls below a specified threshold  A Host System can be Unix  Linux  VMS and  more  Practically any system that supports Telnet or SNMP can have it s volumes monitored  with this object      Host Yolume Monitored Object Add Change el  Description MEn dataarlestsen  x Enabled    Interval fo Severity  s x  Delay fo    System  valhalin E Type  Red Hat Linux x  Time But  2    User Name  root Password         Prompt    gt     Available Volumes Minimum Free      fo    Name  File System   Type  Sie   Free    f fdev hdeb ext3 4799024 2261712 47  O    boot   dev hde5 ext3 46636 35334 76  O    dev shm none tmpfs 47228 47228 100  O  mnt  edrom fdev edrom iso9660   571680 0 0                   Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   v    Alarm Text  TYPE  on  IDX    p YOLERROR     Optional description of monitored object          Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severit
181. ing  travelling over multiple hops  A value of zero will disable use of TTL     Schedule  Click to define a Schedule Object  The button label will be bold if a Schedule already exists  for this monitored object     IP Address or Computer Name   This is the TCP IP address or name of the system to be monitored via Ping  If a name is  used  it must appear in this systems hosts file  You can click the binoculars to display the IP  Address Host Name Selection screen     Time Out  This is the ping operation time out in seconds  This is how long the ping object waits for a  reply from the target computer before declaring the ping to have failed     Retrys  This is the number of times a failed ping will be tried before an alarm is generated     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message    40   
182. input bandwith used in bits per second for the  last scan interval     Returns the last output byte count from the interface   Returns the last output error count from the interface   Returns the last output discard count from the interface     Returns the output bandwidth used in bits per second for the  last scan interval     Description  Returns the event log type   System    Security  or  Application      Returns the event log record as a formatted string   Returns the name of the system where the event log is located     This is a standalone method that returns an object reference to  an event log record object for the current event log record   Called as follows  Set evtobj   SG GetEventRecObj    Description  Returns the phone number to be tested     Returns the timeout value   Returns the status of the last dial up attempt     Returns the date  amp  time of last successful connection     Description  Returns the directory path being monitored     Returns the alarm on size flag  true false as string    Returns the alarm on size change flag     Returns size threshold value     121    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 122 of 270    sizeop Returns size relative operator    lastsize Returns the last size value of the directory   alarmonfiles Returns the alarm on file count flag     alarmonfileschange Returns the alarm on file count change flag     files Returns the file count threshold value   filesop Returns the file count relative operator   lastcount Returns the last file c
183. install  Wininet dll on NT 4 0 systems without Internet Explorer  execute the program    WintDist exe in the install directory  On NT 3 51  execute the Wint351 exe program in all  cases  This will install and configure Wininet dll for use     Quiet Time Selection  This screen is used to set the Quiet Time periods for Contacts or globally     Quiet Times Selection el    0 1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8  9 10 11 12  13  14  15  16  17  18  19  20  21  22  23       The matrix on this screen shows the seven days of the week and the 24 hours of each day in  a 24 hour format  Each cell in the matrix represents one hour of the day  You can set a cell to  be quiet for the entire hour  cell is shown red   quiet for the first half of the hour  cell is shown  yellow  or quiet for the second half of the hour  cell shown purple      To set quiet times  click  drag ok for block select  on a cell  then select the desired time range  from the menu     69    Help rtf PageR Enterprise    Entire hour   RED   Minutes 0 29   YELLOW   Minutes 30 59   PURPLE   In the example above  quiet times are   Tuesday  12 00 pm  noon  through 12 59 pm  Thursday  4 30 am through 7 29 am   All day Saturday    You can press Clear to erase all quiet times defined     Page 70 of 270    70    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 71 of 270    FTP File Get Object Add Change   This screen is used to add or change an FTP File Get monitored object   This object is used  to retrieve disk files from other systems for local examination 
184. ion to the  service is exposed to the script in the socket object  This allows the script to communicate  with the service  The script can then make whatever tests of the service are appropriate     The samples include a simple example that tests the TCP Echo  port 7  service by simply  sending data to the port and reading back the echo  TepEchoCheck txt   A much more  extensive example is provided for the DNS  port 53  service  This script will take a domain  name and expected IP address from the parameters field and perform an actual DNS name  resolution  TcpDnsCheck txt      138    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 139 of 270    Failsafe Server Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Failsafe Server    object   The Failsafe Server object  monitors the environment monitoring port of the Failsafe Server attached to the local system     The Failsafe Server    is a hardware device that interfaces to a variety of environmental  sensors  such as temperature  water  smoke  power  etc   PageR can communicate with the  Failsafe Server via a COM port on the local system  PageR can then generate alarms when  abnormal environmental conditions are detected by the server  The Failsafe Server and  environmental sensors are available from CPL Systems     Failsafe Server Monitored Object Add Change x            x Enabled    Description  Monitor Computer Room Temperature  Interval fo Severity  s x  Delay fo  Com Port fi 7  Sensor Number fi   Normal signal  Lo x     Sensor T
185. is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     177    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 178 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Request  Enter the request string that will be sent to the DNS server for resolution  For instance  to  test IP address to host name resolution  enter the IP address to be resolved in this box     Time Out  This is the number of seconds to wait for a connection response from the server before  posting an alarm     Response   This is an optional search string that will be compared to the response from the DNS server   An alarm is generated if the response from the server does not match this string  An  example would be for IP address to host name resolution check  the expected host name  Would be entered in this box     Retrys  Enter the number of times failed resolution  no response  will be retried     DNS Type  Select the desired type of DNS resolution to be used  Typically  this is Host Name  where an  IP address in the Request box should return the host name in the Response box     DNS Server Addresses  Enter at least one IP address for the DNS server s  that the r
186. isconnecting   ATHO C S   Page complete   00                AASaNANANADANHADNAHAADWNA       There are example paging files in the Samples directory     Monitored Object List    This is a complete list of the network objects supported by PageR Enterprise     Monitored Objects are objects that are checked  probed examined  by PageR on a regular  basis     Event Log   Detects new event records in the System  Application  Security or other event logs on the  local or any remote NT 2000 XP system  Alarms are raised based on the severity of the event  or by keyword matching on the content of the event record text     NT System  Checks NT system to determine if it is up  Alarm is raised if the NT system does not respond  to a probe     Windows 2000 System  Checks 2000 system to determine if it is up  Alarm is raised if the 2000 system does not  respond to a probe    Windows XP System  Checks XP system to determine if it is up  Alarm is raised if the XP system does not respond  to a probe    Windows System  Checks any Windows system to determine if it is up  Alarm is raised if the Windows system    80    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 81 of 270    does not respond to a probe  Supports Windows NT 2000 XP 2003 VISTA     Disk Space  Monitors disk volume free space on Windows systems  Alarm raised if free space falls below  a specified amount or percent of total space     Disk Drives  Monitors the physical disk drives on Windows systems  Alarm raised if problems are found     NetWare Ser
187. itored object s long description   expands to the Data Source Name     expands to  True  if records are returned by the query  otherwise returns  False      expands to the last error returned by the ODBC driver     expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event     expands to the current time   expands to the current date   expands to the the application name of  PageR      expands to the name of this system     220    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 221 of 270    Axis Video Camera Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change an Axis Video Camera monitored object      This monitored object listens on the network for Motion Detection messages from Axis Video  Cameras  Alarms are generated for motion detection  This object can also capture video  images from the camera on a regular basis  This object has been tested with the Axis 210  network video camera but should work with any Axis network camera     Axis Camera Monitored Object Add Change fel   x Enabled    Address Name   E Severity  s     User Name    Password    Port Number        Save Image on Alarm       Description Ee EEE      Save Image on Scan          Save Path  C  TEMP     Alarm Notification       UWrr     Alarm Object   7   Alarm Text  TYPE    SpE vent notification from  SQURCE  x MSG        Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring 
188. ivery  suspend resume  or anything that changes the state of the object     Alarms  Total number of alarms detected for this object since PageR started     Last Alarm Start  Starting time of last alarm event for the object     Alarm ID  Unique alarm identification number of the last alarm  A unique Alarm ID is assigned to  every alarm event     Last Alarm End  Ending time of last alarm event for the object     Last MSG File Sent  Time that the last paging file  page  was sent for the object     Times  Number of times that the paging file  page  was sent for the current last alarm     Last Alarm Description  Description of the current last alarm event for the object     Object Pop Up Menu   You may place the mouse cursor over the Status Type text of an object and right click to  display the Popup Menu for the object  This menu allows you to suspend resume monitoring  for the object  to clear the current alarm or to display a detailed list of the information PageR  knows about the Monitored Object     The Monitored Object Attributes for an object is a list of the current values for all data  items PageR knows about a Monitored Object  After viewing the information  click anywhere  in the information window to return to the normal Status display     18    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 19 of 270       Status  Monitoring stopped       Of x     ADT em          Event Log  System  Local   Monitor the local System event log                                  Simple Alarm             19
189. ject       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     197    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 198 of 270    Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity   This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition  Severity has no  meaning for this Monitored object  but can be set to control the display sorting of this object  on the various status displays     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object
190. l Instant Messanger  console on their desktop to  will receive alerts  See online help or HELP DOC     6  WEB CAMS   can be set up using the Axis 210 webcam  We can alert on movement  detection     7  ROOM ALERT   is an add on option to allow environmental monitoring  temperature   humidity  power  smoke etc     8  DATACENTER EDITION   adds support for non Windows servers eg UNIX  AS 400  VMS   HP3000 etc   FOR MORE HELP    See Online Help in PageR and GetStarted doc in the START menu  Remember F1 gives  context sensitive help     Also from the PageR START menu  PageR pps is a useful Powerpoint presentation overview  for senior managers and for  selling  PageR Enterprise to your IT team     229    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 230 of 270    Disk Drives Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Disk Drives Monitored Object      The Disk Drives MO is used to monitor physical disk drives on a Windows system  On each  scan of the MO  attributes on each disk drive are checked and an alarm is generated for  any problems detected  The target system must have the Windows Management  Instrumentation  WMI  Core 1 5 or later installed     Disk Drives Monitored Object Add Change  111        Description EREDE   Enabled    Interval fo Severity  s 7  Delay fo    System   E Time Out  20  User Name   Password      Available Drives DEVICECDROM1  DVD ROM SD R1002             V  PHYSICALDRIVEDO  ST32041 Interface SCSI  V  PHYSICALDRIVE1  ST 33062 Media CD ROM Status   V  DEVIC
191. l be applied to the Telnet communication with the Host  system     User Name  Enter the user name to be used to logon to the Host system  Not needed for SNMP access     Password  Enter the password for the user name specified above  For SNMP access  this is the  community name     Prompt  Enter the prompt displayed by the Host system when ready to accept a command  Not  needed for SNMP access     Load  Downloads a process list from the Host system  which is displayed in the Available  Processes list  System  User name  Password and Prompt must be defined first     Available Processes  This is a list of processes that are running on the Host system     Monitored Processes   This is the list of processes that will be monitored  Select processes in the Available list and  click the Add button to add processes to the monitored list  Select processes in the  Monitored list and click the Remove button to remove them from the Monitored list     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text
192. l live    TESTING   To test a new service  go to OPTIONS PAGING TAB    Select a service in PageR Service      Enter the cell phone or pager device number in Pager Phone ID    258    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 259 of 270    Click ACCEPT  Click PAGING TAB again   Click PAGING DEVICE TEST    Click SEND     Testing your modem and phone line    Use HyperTerminal to dial out to the remote TAP number  When you hit return the remote  end should reply ID     3  Trace Files    A trace file is an internal debug file which logs everything   the software does  Email the zipped trace file with a description  of the problem in the email  one email per problem please     To create a PageR Enterprise trace file  please do the following      A  IF RUNNING ON DESKTOP  for running as a SERVICE  see  B  below      1  Run  PageR With Trace    from the Start Menu   2  Reproduce the problem    NOTE  IF POSSIBLE ALLOW PageR TIME TO COMPLETE 2 FULL  SCANS  MINIMUM  OF ALL THE MONITORED OBJECTS     ALSO NOTE  DO NOT GO INTO  OPTIONS  WHILE SCANNING      3  STOP and Shut down PageR     4  ZIP and Email the file PageR tra  to cplsystems btconnect com    HINT   if PageR is not in your START menu it may have been installed under  a different user  You can create a shortcut to PageR exe and add the word     trace    in the Target line of Properties  like this   C  Program Files PageR  Enterprise PageR exe  trace but don t run with trace all the time as it may  create a massive file     259    Help rtf P
193. label     214    Help rtf     SENSORNUMBER    NORMALSIGNAL    COMPORT    TEMPTHRESHOLD    TEMPERATURE      HUMIDTYTHRESHOL  D      HUMIDITY      ALARMID      TIME    DATE    AGENT      SYSTEM     PageR Enterprise Page 215 of 270    expands to the sensor number    expands to LO or HI  the normal signal value   expands to the com port for the Room Alert device   expands to the temperature alarm threshold value   expands to the last reported actual temperature value     expands to the   Humidity alarm threshold value     expands to the last reported actual   humidty value     expands to the unique numeric identifier for the  monitored object s current alarm event     expands to the current time   expands to the current date   expands to the the application name of  PageR      expands to the name of this system     215    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 216 of 270    SSH Options Tab    This tab configures support for secure tunneling of network protocols     By default  network protocols are not secure  meaning the data transmitted via these  protocols is sent  in the clear  and can be read by an agent monitoring the network  The SSH  security protocol allows other network protocols to be routed through a secure connection or   tunnel  from one system to another  The use of a tunnel means that the applications  communicating via a network protocol do not have to be changed and don t really know that  thier communications are being secured for them     In order to secure these non 
194. larm Object Attributes    These are the data attributes for Alarm objects that are available with the Script Globals  method AOGet attrname      Attribute Description   type Returns the object type  Will be  Alarm     id Returns unique alarm object identification number    desc Returns Alarm object description    msgfile Returns the paging file   msg  defined for the Alarm    msgto Returns the broadcase message target for the Alarm    mailto Returns the email recipient for the Alarm    startcmd Returns the Windows command to be executed at Alarm start    cancelcmd Returns the Windows command to be executed at Alarm cancel    notifytype Returns the Alarm notification type  Will be  Simple  or   Schedule      An example of getting Alarm object data attributes in a script would be     adesc   SG AOGet  desc      Help rtf    PageR Enterprise Page 119 of 270    Monitored Object Attributes    These are the data attributes for Monitored objects that are available with the Script Globals  method MOGet attrname      This is the list of attributes available for all Monitored Objects     Attribute  type    objectid    id    idx    desc  interval  delay  severity    alarminprogress    alarmintervals    alarmtype    alarmid    alarmmsg    alarmmsg2    alarmtext    lastaction    Description  Returns the monitored object type     Returns unique object identification number     Returns identification string assigned by user or automatically  for some MOs     Returns extended indentification 
195. le click on the cell and press the DEL key     The notification periods  rows  correspond to each scan interval  global or monitored  object  that an alarm persists for  When a scan is performed and an alarm detected for a  monitored object  the alarm object notifies the contacts defined on row 1  When the next  scan is performed  if the alarm is still in progress  the alarm object notifies the Contacts on  row 2  This proceeds until the alarm is cleared or all 20 periods have been processed     When processing a period  row   all Contacts defined on that row  and all Contacts that are  members of any group defined on that row  are notified of the alarm  per configuration of  each Contact      56    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 57 of 270    Alarm notification processing is influenced by the Alarm Type of the monitored object being  processed     IP Address Host name Selection  This screen presents a list of known IP Addresses or Host names for selection  You can load  the list from a hosts file or auto discover IP hosts on the network     IP Address Host   IPAddress Host name Selection           amp   Selection   IPAddress Host name Selection           amp      Load from Hosts file  C  WINNT  system32 hosts              Auto Discovery    fier  208 12 0 to fet  208 12 255  Discover       Hosts file name 00 file name       When this screen is first displayed  the address list and host name boxes will be blank and  the starting and ending IP address range boxes will be prefill
196. les in the target directory   Select the test operator and size threshold  in bytes      Alarm on size change  Check this box to alarm if the directory size changes from one scan to the next     Alarm if file count  Check this box to monitor the number of files in the target directory  Select the test operator  and file count threshold     Alarm on file count change  Check this box to alarm if the directory file count changes from one scan to the next     Include sub directories in file count  Check this box to include sub directories as well as files in the file count for the target  directory     Recurse sub directories   Normally  only the files in the target directory are examined  Check this box to include the  files in any sub directory of the target directory  thereby applying the size and file count  threholds to the entire directory tree at and below the target directory     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the
197. level  objects are scanned in the sort order of their description text     Scan Changed Only   If you check this option  then when you start scanning  only new or changed MOs will be  scanned  This allows you to more easily test changes to large configurations  This option is  not retained when you shutdown and restart     Set Global Schedule   Click to define a global Schedule object   The global Schedule is applied to every monitored  object at scan time to determine if the MO should be scanned  Schedules at the MO level  are applied if the MO passes the global Schedule     51    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 52 of 270    Alarm Objects Tab    This tab shows the list of Alarm Objects  allowing them to be created  modified or deleted     Globals   More Globals   Contacts    Monitored Objects Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging   Email             Alarm with Escalation Enabled  Simple Alarm Enabled    Delete Alarm          Add a new Alarm Object       This screen shows a list of the Alarm Objects that have been defined  Alarms objects contain  alarm notification information that tells PageR what actions to take when an alarm occurs   Alarm Objects are attached to Monitored Objects  An Alarm Object can be shared by  multiple Monitored Objects     To create a new Alarm Object   click the Add Alarm button  To modify an existing Alarm  Object  double click the Alarm Object description  To copy an Alarm Object  highlight the  object by single clicking on the descri
198. licking the Select Report button  If you have not  previously connected to the database  you will be prompted for the SQL Instance and login  information need to access the database  This will be retained but can be changed under the  File menu     You will then be prompted for any parameters needed by the report  If you have PageR  installed on more than one host system and reporting to the database  you will be prompted  for the name of the Monitoring System  If wish to report all systems you have  click Skip  If  you wish to select a specific system  enter it s name in the field and click Accept     ReportViewer will remember your answers to each parameter prompt from the last time you  ran a report and pre fill the fields with those values  You must still click Accept to keep the  value  Clicking Skip says you do not wish to supply a value     On log type reports  you will be prompted for a date range  You can select from the pre   defined time periods in the drop down list or click Skip to enter a custom date range     Each report has a default sort defined  but you may be allowed to select different sort fields  from a drop down list     Some reports allow for selection of records to focus the report on items of interest  If asked   you can choose a select field from the drop down list and a comparision operator from the  second list  Then enter the value to be used in the record comparision to select records  included on the report     If you select the LIKE comparison
199. lly and is normally displayed while PageR is monitoring the network if  run on the Desktop  If run as a SERVICE you can view it from your INTERNET BROWSER  or if you run PageR on the desktop while running as a service it comes up in the restricted  MAINTENANCE MODE  All these settings are in OPTIONS GLOBALS     You can toggle between the above window and the old style in the SETTINGS drop down  menu     An explorer tree view is shown on the left side of the window and organizes the Monitored  Objects  Alarm Objects and Contact Objects  On the right side of the window is a tabbed  viewing area  Each tab contains a particular kind of viewer  The primary viewer is the Activity  Log window and a Navigation window     The Navigation window displays in response to clicking items in the tree view and allows  display of information about the selected tree view item and can be clicked for further  navigation  In either the tree view or Navigation window  clicking a specific object will display  a new tab containing detailed information about the selected object     In the tree view  Navigation window or object Detail window  you can right click to display a  menu of functions that can be performed on the selected object  Note that if the selected  object is a folder  the functions will be performed on all objects contained in the folder   Drag and Drop is allowed from the tree view to the Navigation window     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 3 of 270    Monitored Objects Selection Scre
200. log     This monitored object is of the Server listener type in that it does not perform any  scanning   function  Instead  this object creates a server that listens on the network for Syslog messages  and processes them when they arrive  Only one default instance of the Syslog object can be  created     66    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 67 of 270    Web Page Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Web Page monitored object   This object monitors a  web server by determining if the specified page can be Downloaded and optionally how long it  takes     Web Page Monitored Object Add Change x     Description  Intranet Web Server  X Enabled  Interval fo Severity  9    Delay fo    Page URL Jhittps   dexter  Ta ae fo Microsoft Internet Information Server       User Name  dexter  Password    Link Level fo      lt                  Internet  InformationServer    ai    Search Strings File      Alarm Notification    Alarm Object  alarm with Escalation 7   Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   Sp STATUS  x HTTPSTATUS        Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as 
201. m other actions as appropriate   Long processing delays should be avoided in handlers as other events cannot be processed  while in a handler     Note that several event queries can use the same event handler method if appropriate     More about WMI   Windows Management Instrumentation is the Microsoft implementation of the WBEM systems  monitoring and management standard  The WBEM standard defines an object model for  managed systems called the Common Information Model  CIM   Systems that implement  WBEM expose a standard object model describing system components to WBEM  management tools  The CIM schema defines a standard object model that all WBEM  implementions are expected to expose populated with object instances and property values  appropriate to the target system  Implementations may define extensions to the schema as  appropriate  For more information  see the WMI Object Explorer     236    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 237 of 270    DISCLAIMER   WBEM  CIM and WMI are extensive and complex subjects  This help information is not  intended as documentation of these subjects  The user of the WMI support in this product is  expected to be familiar with WBEM  CIM and WMI  Extensive documentation on WMI is  available as a free download from Micrsoft  Target systems must have the appropriate WMI  Core components version 1 5 or later installed  This is also available as a free download from  Microsoft  This product does not install the WMI Core components     More Options 
202. message  X Examine Subject  X Examine Body         Delete all messages      Delete alarm msgs   Paging Mode    Apply Search Strings File Script to mail mesages and report matches     pam oo      Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   v    Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX    pSearch string s  found in mail messagex SUBJEC       Unique Identifier  name  for this object                Identifier  This is a unique identifying name or title for the monitored object     Description  This is an optional extended description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay  This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm    149    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 150 of 270    notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval      POP3 MAPI  Select the mail protocol to use to attach to the mail server where the messages to be  examined reside     Mail Server  Enter the name or IP address of the mail server where the messages to be examined reside     User Name  Enter the user name used to logon to the mail server and retrive mail     Password  Enter the password for the user name entered in the previous field     Recipient
203. n SNMP manager  receiving and process SNMP traps to  perform an alerting function     SNMP agents must be configured to send traps and the system on which PageR is running  must be configured as the trap destination     In order to employ the textual name associated with an SNMP trap  the SNMP MIB file for the  agent must be installed in the Mibs directory of the PageR install directory  PageR is shipped  with a standard set of Mib files  If your agent s Mib file is not included  please contact tech  support  In all likelyhood  the Mib file for your agent can be obtained and processed for use    with PageR     To enable string matching against trap messages  the raw SNMP trap message is formatted  into a text string  Each component of the message is identified with a keyword and value  An  example of a formatted trap message is     time 6 10 97 8 15 55 AM  Name RACNT  IP 161 208 12 33  Com public   TOid 1 3 6 1 2 1 11  TNum 2  TName LinkDown   TTime 1003466781  Desc Exhange  Server  Loc Computer Room  Con John Doe  Oid 1 3 6 1 2 1 5 0  OidName abc     Val 165    103    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 104 of 270    In this example  there are spaces after the semicolons  The spaces are shown to assit in  correct formatting by the Help system  These spaces are not present in an actual formatted  message string  The components of the formatted message are     Keyword Description   time the time the trap message was received    Name the name retrieved from the sending system    IP 
204. n alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event      EVENTLOG  expands to event log name as defined for the MO     EVENT  expands to the event log record description of the event     EVENTREC  expands to the complete event log record formatted as a  string     34    Help rtf     EVENTTIME    EVENTSYSTEM    EVENTTYPE    EVENTID    EVENTSOURCE      EVENTCATEGORY        EVENTUSER    TIME    DATE    AGENT      SYSTEM     PageR Enterprise Page 35 of 270    expands to the event record date and time   expands to the event record originating system   expands to the event record event record type   expands to the event record event ID number   expands to the event record source application     expands to the event record event category     expands t
205. n be executed on a repetitive  basis or in response to alarms     Task Triggering   Tasks are executed in two ways  repetitively or in response to an alarm  For repetitive  execution  a task object is set to execute on each Scan or clock tick  At scan time for the task  or on each clock tick  the task is executed  However  if an interval value or schedule has been  defined  task execution may be deferred per the interval value or schedule  A schedule is  contained in a Schedule Object and can be attached to a task     A task may also be attached to an Alarm Object to be executed when an alarm is processed    107    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 108 of 270    by the Alarm object  When a task is executed by an Alarm object  any interval value or  schedule defined for the task is ignored     Special Functions   When a Task executes a script  command or program file  information from PageR is made  available to the executing object  For scripts  a special object called SG  script globals  is  available in the script  This object has many properties and methods that a script can use to  obtain information about PageR and to control PageR s operation  For command and  program files  PageR provides extensive subsitution parameters that can be used after the  task file name to pass information to the command file or program     For more information see Using Task Objects     Notice   To use VBScript or JScript  you must install the Windows Scripting Host from Microsoft   WSH is typi
206. n feature in the camera and select the TCP Event Server you created for  PageR  The motion detection message text configured in the camera is the alarm message  text reported by PageR in the  MSG  substitution variable     When motion detection messages are received  you may capture the current image on the  camera to the directory entered  If you capture an image  and the Alarm Object you have  selected sends SMTP email notification  that image will be attached to the email notification     Images are stored in the specified directory and have the file name format   AxisImage_Source_yyyymmddhhmmss jpg  Source will be the camera DNS name  if available  or the camera IP address     If you wish to have the MO capture an image from the camera on a regular basis  you must    223    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 224 of 270    enter the IP address or DNS name of the camera and check the appropriate box  Then  on  each scan  subject to any defined Schedule   the current image will be captured from the  camera and stored in the specified directory     If cameras require a login  then you must specify the user name and password to be used in  order for any images to be capured  If you want to use logins on cameras  it is suggested that  you create a standard login user name and password for use by PageR and put that in all  cameras     In order for the camera DNS name to appear in alarm reporting or in the captured image file  name  you must have a reverse DNS lookup record that maps
207. n of PageR   GlobalPagerID Returns the global pager ID     GlobalPhoneNumbe_ Returns the global pager phone number   r    HostFileName Returns the hosts file being used   Interval Returns the scan interval value   LastAlarmID Returns the last alarm ID number assigned   LastAlarmStart Returns the start date and time of the last alarm processed   LastScanTime Returns the date and time the last scan was performed   LicenseeName Returns the name of the entity to which PageR is licensed   Major Returns the major component of PageR s   version     109    Help rtf    Minor  MOCount  MonitorStartTime    MOValid    Name  NTBuild  NTMajor  NTMinor    NTNote    NumberOfScans    PagesSent    PagingEnabled  Path  Revision    ServiceMode    SmtpHost  SmtpReturnAddres  soaa  StartUpTime  SystemName    Title    TotalAlarms    PageR Enterprise Page 110 of 270    Returns the minor component of Scramber s version   Returns the number of monitored objects defined   Returns the date and time the current monitoring run started     Returns  True  or  false   True if the monitored object that  triggered the task is available     Returns the name of this application    Returns the Windows build number    Returns the major component of the Windows version number   Returns the minor component of the Windows version number     Returns the Windows version note  Typically shows the service  pack installed     Returns the total number of scans since PageR was started     Returns the total number of pages s
208. n the query  the following attributes may be retrieved using  the special syntax shown here     snmpoid   SG MOGet  object 2 oid      The object n syntax indicates which MIB object to retrieve the attribute for  The attributes for    a MIB object are     Attribute  oid    name    desc    datatype    currval    Description  Returns the MIB object s SNMP object id     Returns the MIB object s name     Returns a formatted description of the MIB object including the  current state of the object     Returns the SNMP data type of the MIB object     Returns the last value retrieved from the target system s MIB for    the MIB object     127    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 128 of 270    testval Returns the test value defined for the MIB object     relop Returns the relative operator used to compare the current value  of the MIB object on the target system to the test value to  determine if an alarm condition exists     alarm Returns  True  or  False   True if the MIB object is in the alarm  state   lasttest Returns the date and time that the target system was queried  and the MIB object s current value was compared with the test  value   Task  Attribute Description  filename Returns the Task file name   language Returns the task file language   Web Page  Attribute Description  errortext Returns the text of the last error encountered while downloading  the target web page     Win32 Process  These are the query level attributes     Attribute Description   system Returns the target sys
209. name     Returns named data attribute value if an alarm object is available     Msgbox   SG AOGet  desc      Clear  Clears persistent storage for the task        SG Clear    COFind name     Given a Contact object identifier or object id  returns the index of the Contact object in the  Contacts collection so that the Contact may be accessed via COGet or COSet     idx   SG COFind  John Doe        COGet attributename  index     Given a Contact index  from COFind   get the value of the Contact object attribute  requested  Attributes objectid  enabled and desc are supported     attrval   SG COGet  desc   idx     COSet attributename  attributevalue  index     Given a Contact Index  from COFind   set the name attribute to the given value  Attribute  enabled can be set     SG COSet  enabled    true   idx     CreateObject objectname     Creates named ActiveX object and returns a pointer to the object  Objects create with  CreateObject should be released with ReleaseObject     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 112 of 270    Set wsh   SG CreateObject  Wscript Shell      ErrorLog Severity   Text  Write the text to the PageR log window as an error  Severity can be set with constant objects  SG LogInfo  SG LogWarn and SG LogCritical     SG ErrorLog SG LogWarn   This is a warning from my script     FormatSize sizeinbytes     Takes a file size in bytes and returns a string with the size formatted into bytes  Kbytes   Mbytes or Gbytes as appropriate     svar   FormatSize filesize     GetEventRec
210. nce on a subsequent scan  the alarm state of the query object will be cleared     Now lets modify the examples     CpuBusy  gt  75 averaged 5  TotalFreeDisk  lt  15 persistent 10    In this case  for CpuBusy  five queries are executed and the values retrieved for the object  and accumulated and then the average is compared to the test value  If the average is greater  than 75  an alarm is generated  Once five values have been accumulated  the average is  taken over the last five values on each subsequent scan     For TotalFreeDisk  ten queries are executed and if each query s retrieved value was less than  15   an alarm is generated  If any value is equal to or greater than 15  the accumulation  starts over  Only if the actual value is less than 15 on each of the last 10 scans is an alarm  generated     Please note that many SNMP object values are already averaged or accumulated numbers   The average and persistent alarm modes are intended for application over multiple scan  periods  Be sure to read the object description on the SNMP Mib Explorer screen carefully to  make sure the way you test an object is consistent with It s content     99    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 100 of 270    SNMP Systems    This screen shows a list of SNMP enabled systems detected on your network  You can  select a system to be returned to the SNMP Query you came from     IP Address  Names    161 208 12 21       XL HPNET RAC HP3000 SERIES 917Lx  MPE XL version C 60        161 208 12 23 Ux HP UX 
211. ndow size and location and set that size and location  subsequent start ups     Save Configuration to Registry  Save the configuration to the Registry immediately     Backup Configuration when saved  Make a backup of the configuration to the file Backup cfg in the install  directory when configuration is saved     Export Configuration to disk file  Save the configuration to a disk file  The configuration is written to a  disk file with the  cfg extension in XML format  This file can serve as  a configuration backup  a debugging tool or to replicate configurations   Contact tech support for assistance with importing a saved configuration     Set Start Up Configuration  Select or type the name of the Configuration you wish to use the next  time PageR is started  It does not change the currently loaded  Configuration  See Managing Configurations for more information     Help Menu  Display Help  Click to display the PageR help  Pressing function key one   F1  on any screen will display help about that screen     About  Click to display the About box     Sending Alerts    The Notifications that can be made are     Email   PageR can send an alarm notification via email using SMTP or MAPI protocols  MAPI  requires Microsoft Messaging on the system where PageR is executing  The recipient of  notification email can be set at a global level and by monitored object     Paging and SMS TEXT  PageR can page a pager or cell phone using a modem attached to a com port of the system    12    H
212. nds  that must pass  between scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     105    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 106 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Time Out  This is the maximum number of seconds that the task is allowed to run  Zero sets no time  out     Allow UI   Check this box to allow scripts run by this MO to display user interface elements  such as  message boxes  Note  If you allow user interface elements and set a timeout  if the script  times out  a message box is displayed by the script engine notifying the user of the timeout  and the user must click OK to continue execution  PageR will be stopped until this messge  box is cleared  Also note that user interface elements are never allowed when PageR is  running as a Service      Task File   This is the disk file that contains the task to be performed  The task file may contain a script  written in VBScript or JScript  or the file may be an NT command file or program file to be  executed  You may click the Explore button to browse for the file     Task File Type  Select the appropriate task file type for the task file contents     Parameters   Enter any parameter data 
213. nformation service has not been configured  Select an existing file to configure  or    type the name of a new file to create        Click OK  A file selection dialog will appear  It will list MAPI Post Office   PST  files available  on the system  Select the  PST file used by an administrative user  The MAPI profile created  by PageR will be attached to this post office and MAPI messages generated by PageR will  be submitted to the administrative users outgoing mail folder  Exchange must be run for this  user to send the mail from the outgoing folder to the recipient     NOTE  When using MAPI in Service Mode  the MAPI login user name that is entered on the  email Notification Options Tab should be PageR  No password should be used     Microsoft expects to resolve the problems with MAPI mail in Service Mode with Windows NT  5 0     49    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 50 of 270    Global Options 2 Tab    This tab contains additional option settings that control the overall operation of PageR     Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging  Email   Messaging  SNPP  SSH    Globals Globals 2   Contacts   Logging   MO Groups   Auto Add                        Selection    Ok    Informational  i  Warning 4D Error         Service Mode Operation    Install as a Service  Domain   User   Password         Web Status Service     X Enable Portf1088 User   Password     X Log Requests Admin User   Password        Disable security check on manual paging         Sc
214. nistrator or you are not the owner of the db etc     The script will also add a login Pager Enterprise  with password Pager  Enterprise to the database and set that login to be the db_owner of the  database  This user will be set to use SQL Authentication   Note  Integrated  Authentication cannot be used with the archive database   While the user  name and password default to Pager Enterprise for simplicity  you can change  either to your own values     Creating the DSN  Data Source Name     Once the database is installed  on the system where Pager Enterprise is  installed  you must create a Data Source Name  DSN      Go to START Control Panel Administrative Tools  open the Data Sources   ODBC  applet  Click the System DSN tab and click ADD  Scroll down and  highlight SQL Server  Click Finish     Then complete the boxes for Name  Pager Enterprise   Description  Pager  Enterprise Database  and Server which is your PC server   s computername  followed by  SQLEXPRESS such as Gregs_PC SQLEXPRESS for example     In the subsequent screens  make sure the SQL Authentication is chosen and  not Windows NT authentication  In the login boxes User is Pager Enterprise  and Password is also Pager Enterprise     If you already have a DSN that points to that Instance  you do not need to  create new one  At the end make sure you can succesfully connect to the  database with the connection tester     Setting up Pager Enterprise    Now execute Pager Enterprise and go to the More Options window  
215. nitored Object Add Change x   Description Check my windows XP system  x Enabled  Interval fo Severity  s   Delay fo  System Name  mysp1 x  EFJ    Alarm Notification    Alarm Object        Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   pnot responding          Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Server Name  Enter or select the name of the Windows XP Server or Workstation system to be monitored     181    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 182 of 270    Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a d
216. nt monitoring device attached to the local system     Room Alert    is a hardware device that interfaces a variety of environmental sensors  Such as  temperature  water  smoke  power  etc  to a COM port on the local system  PageR can  monitor the Room Alert hardware device  called an ID box  via the COM port and generate  alarms when abnormal environmental conditions are detected  Room Alert and environmental  sensors are available from CPL Systems     132    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 133 of 270    Room Alert Monitored Object Add Change x   Identifier  Computer Room  x Enabled  Description  Computer room temperature sensor    Interval fo Severity  s x  Delay fo  Com Port fi 7  Sensor Number fi   Normal signal  Lo       Sensor Type  T EMPERATURE X     Simulate RA Alarm       Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   v    Alarm Text      Identifiying name for Monitored Object          Identifier  This is a short user defined label used to identify this Room Alert object     Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is
217. ntation  such as WMI  are stored in an object space or    164    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 165 of 270    tree called the Common Information Model or CIM  CIM defines object classes for hardware  devices or software or settings and then subclass these classes to create more specific  classes and eventually an instance of a class  an object  with a list of properties  CIM classes  have CIM_ prefixed to the class name  Where Microsoft has chosen to implement a CIM  class  the CIM class is further subclassed by a class that has Win32_ prefixed to the class  name     When the Explorer opens  it attaches to the target system and loads the CIM object space  into the left pane  You can navigate the CIM object tree eventually arriving at Win32_ classes  and then a list of instances  objects  of such classes  If you select an instance  the instance s  properties and values will be displayed in the right pane     Note that when you expand some class names or instance lists  the list may take a significant  amount of time to load  Please be patient  During a long operation  the STOP tool bar button  will be enabled and you can click it to cancel long running retrievals     Win32 Associations   In addition to the CIM object space  Microsoft has employed a feature of the CIM schema  called Associations  This allows an implementation of WBEM to create alternate object  spaces  trees  by relating classes to each other  Microsoft has done this and created a more  flat and focused object 
218. ntifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     68    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 69 of 270     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Notes  The Web Page monitored object relies on Microsoft s Wininet dll for internet services   Wininet dll must be installed on your system in order to use the Web Page object  To 
219. o Settings Export to save settings to a disc file  default  PageR cfg    To restore  create a shortcut to pager exe on your desktop     Then go to the shortcut Properties and edit the shortcut Target   the run command   Add the following text after the last quotes     config PageR import    NOTE  the file name MUST be identical to the Registry Key name and  is case sensitive  default is  PageR   WITHOUT the  cfg extension     This will restore everything including the Monitored Objects     FINALLY  Click SETTINGS Save Configuration to Registry     We always save the settings to   backup cfg  whenever we save settings to the registry  for emergency restore purposes   To restore this file just rename it to PageR cfg and do the above     If nec use 52637 or 10205 as a temporary key while you request a new  license key     5  Setting up PageR Enterprise for VOICE alerts    With PageR Enterprise 5 3 0 alarm notifications can be sent to a regular telephone using a  voice capable modem and the TAPI protocol  The modem is controlled directly from PageR  Enterprise  no script  and is used to make a voice connection to the target telephone  cell  phone or landline      Once connected  the alarm notification is spoken to the person who answered the telephone   After that they can issue various commands via their telephone keypad  see bottom of this  application note  appendix 1      In order to send alarm notifications via TAPI  you must configure Alarm or Contact objects to  make use o
220. o perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description    ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored    object s current alarm event    SYSNAME  expands to the system being monitored      VOLNAME  expands to the disk volume name     157    Help rtf     VOLLABEL    VOLFS    VOLSIZE    VOLFREE      THRESHTYPE        THRESHOLD    TIME    DATE    AGENT      SYSTEM     PageR Enterprise Page 158 of 270    expands to the disk volume label    expands to the disk volume file system name    expands to the disk volume size in bytes    expands to the current disk volume free space in bytes     expands to the free space threshold type  blank actual bytes    PCT  percent free     expands to the free space threshold value   expands to the current time    ex
221. o the event record user  account  name   expands to the current time    expands to the current date    expands to the the application name of  PageR      expands to the name of this system     Event Log Record Object   When using scripts with the Event Log Monitored Object  either via a Task MO invoked by  the Alarm Object assigned to the Event Log MO or in a script executed for string matching  on Event Log record contents  the event log record currently being processed is available to  such scripts as an object  See Event Log Record Object Attributes for more information     Notes    On the first scan of an event log  PageR only determines the current end of file  EOF  of the  event log  On the next and subsequent scans  PageR checks the current EOFof the event  log against the saved EOF and if they are different  PageR then extracts and examines the    new records     35    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 36 of 270    Disk File Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change Disk File monitored objects     Disk File Monitored Object Add Change  2     Description  RPO see tne  X Enabled    Interval fo Severity  9       pee  Disk File 1C  Myapp Log  txt  Vandre     Validate       Close file after scan    Scan entire file    Use Ctil Z as Eof      Delete file afer scan          Alarm Options   x Report all new records  xX Reportfile not found  xX Report file found      Report on file size     fo    Stop on first match    Report on file age      0s   Advance to EOF   
222. oadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     150    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 151 of 270    Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event     SERVER  expands to the name IP address of the mail server     SUBJECT  expands to the SUBJECT field of the mail message     BODY  expands to the body of the mail message     FROM  expands to the FROM field of the mail message     SENDER  expands to the SENDER field of the mail message     TO  expands to the TO field of the mail message     CC  expands to the CC field of the mail message     REPLYTO  expands to the REPLY TO field of the mail message     MSGID  expands to the unique mail message identfier assigned by  the mail server     MAILER  expands to the name of
223. object       Identifier  This is a short label that is used to identify this WMI Query object     159    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 160 of 270    Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Schedule  Click to define an optional schedule for scanning of this monitored object     System Name  Enter or select the name or IP address of the Windows system on which the WMI query will  be executed  Click the     button to scan your network and populate the drop down list     User Name   When accessing remote systems  it may be necessary to supply a user name for access to  the WMI objects desired  If no user name is entered  the local user credentials under which  you are executing will be used     Password  If a user name is specifed above  the corresponding password must be entered     Add  Click to invoke the WMI Object Expl
224. ol panel applet      Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Server Name  Enter or select the name of the Windows NT 2000 XP Server or Workstation system where    58    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 59 of 270    the service to be monitored is run     Service Name   This is the Display Name of the Service to be monitored  The Display name is the name of  the service that appears in the Services control panel applet  You must select a service  name from the drop down box  Click the Load button after entering the Server Name to  retrieve a list of the services configured on that system  The Identifier for a service is the  service Service Name or short name  This name is not normally seen by users but is used  as the identifier due to its shorter length  The service name is combined with the system  name where the service is located to form the Monitored Object Identifier     Alarm if never sta
225. on at the same time  If you answer  yes  thereby entering Maintenance Mode  the desktop instance of PageR will continue to  execute  but will only allow changes to the configuration  No other operations can be  performed  If you save the configuration  when you exit  PageR will ask if you wish to restart  the PageR Service so the Service will load the changed configuration     Using MAPI Mail in Service Mode    When running Service Mode  there are problems with using MAPI mail to deliver alarm  messages  Due to limitations in MAPI s design  it does not function well when used by a  Service Mode process  This section discusses these issues     When running in Service Mode  the service process can place MAPI mail messages into a  MAPI mail box  but those messages will not be processed until a desktop MAPI application   such as Exchange  is executed  You must be running Exchange  InBox  on the desktop to  have mail generated by PageR delivered immediately  This is not possible if there is no  desktop session logged on  If Exchange cannot be run while PageR is running  use SMTP  mail for mailing alarm messages     48    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 49 of 270    If you do use MAPI mail in Service Mode  MAPI requires special configuration for Service  Mode use  When running PageR in Service Mode  the first time mail is submitted to MAPI   PageR will create a MAPI profile for its own use  When this occurs  you will see the following  message box     Personal Folders E3    N This i
226. or delivery to the SPIN directory  for paging        FTP File Get Monitored Object Add Change       ux i foot        ust spool lp EA  C             pwee ac      TEMP    3  _ISTMP1 DIR   VBE   Ea word8 0                   Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Timeout  This is a timeout value in seconds that will be applied to communications with the remote  system     71    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 72 of 270    Remote Source defines the source location of the files s  to be retrieved  You can enter the  information manually or click the binoculars to the right of the file box to invoke the FTP File  Explorer screen  The FTP File Explorer can be used to access the source system and  navigate its directories to locate the source file     Host  Host name or IP address to get file from  Click the binoculars to see a list of available  hosts addresses     User  A valid user name on the source host system giving appropriate access     Password  Password for the user name on the source host system     Path  Directory path of t
227. ords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE      ID      DESC    SENSORTYPE    SENSORNUMBER  NORALI   COMPORT      ALARMID      TIME    DATE    AGENT      SYSTEM     expands to the monitored object s type     expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     expands to the monitored object s long description   expands to the sensor type label    expands to the sensor number    expands to LO or HI  the normal signal value   expands to the com port for the Room Alert device     expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event     expands to the current time   expands to the current date   expands to the the application name of  PageR      expands to the name of this system     148    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 149 of 270    Email Check Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change an Email Check Monitored Object   Email Check  Objects read email messages and scan the message content  generating alarms when  defined search strings are found     Email Check Monitored Object Add Change x     Identifier Ene E E AE  X Enabled    Description  Check mail on server for messages with word    alarm  Severity  9 7  Delay fo Schedule    POP3    Mail Server  M yMailserver Ee  MAPIO User Name  User Password    Recipient        Alarm any 
228. ored Objects     The DialUp Monitored Object tests a dial up modem by dialing the modem s phone number  and determining if the modem connects successfully in the time allowed     DialUp Monitored Object Add Change Fa     x Enabled    Interval fo Severity  3  gt   Delay fo  Phone Number  555 1212 v  Timeout  20    Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   v    Alarm Text  TYPE   IDX   pdid not connect       Description IEAA          Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Schedule  Click to define an optional schedule for scanning of this monitored object     Phone Number  This is the phone number that will be dialed  Enter a phone number to dial directly via  modem  Select a Windows Phone Book entry from the drop down list to connect via    208    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 2
229. orer to navigate the WMI object data base on the target  system and select WMI objects to add to this query     Del  Select a WMI object on the object list and click this button to delete that object from the list     WMI Objects Defined for this Query  This grid list shows the WMI object properties that have been attached to the Query object   The following attributes are defined for each     Attribute Description  Object This is the  path  or full name of the object including a key that  Path selects a specific instance of the object to be retrieved     Property This is the name of the data property of the WMI object retrieved  whose value is to be tested     160    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 161 of 270    Type This is the data type of the property     relop This is the relational operator used to compare the property value  to the test value     Value This is the test value  The property value is compared to this value  to determine if an alarm is to be generated  If  propertyvalue  relop testvalue  is true  an alarm is generated  The test value may  be numeric or string     On Error Controls what happens if an error occurs while retrieving the  property value  Can be one of   Ignore   ignore the error  skip the property  Alarm   generate an alarm indicating that the property could not be    retrieved   Alarm Controls when alarms are generated for a  true  comparison of the  Mode property value and test value  Can be one of   Each Time   generate an alarm on each scan 
230. oring     39    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 40 of 270    Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     TTL   This is the Time To Live value that can be used in ping packets  When TTL is zero  ping  packets pass through routers or other packet forwarding devices until they reach the ping  target and are returned  or a time occurs indicating that the ping failed  When TTL is set  it  acts as a  hop  count and can be used to detect ping failure caused by the failure of a router  or intermediate device instead of at the target device  If you wish to use this feature  TTL  should be set to the appropriate number of hops  or devices  between the local system and  the target system  The Ping Mo will test each hop  intermediate device  until reaching the  target  If a hop fails  the Ping MO will report the IP address of the last successful hop   device  allowing you to determine the intermediate point of failure  This scheme is  essentially the same as using Trace Route tools to locate the point of failure of a p
231. ot be    retrieved   Alarm Controls when alarms are generated for a  true  comparison of the  Mode counter value and test value  Can be one of   Each Time   generate an alarm on each scan that the comparison  is  true      Average   generate an alarm when the average of the counter  value  over some number of consecutive scans  compares  true  to  the test value  The number of scans over wich to average is set in  Mode Value     Persistent   generate an alarm when the counter value compares   true  to the test value  for some number of consecutive scans  The  number of scans is set in Mode Value     Disabled   counter value is retrieved but not tested     Mode Sets the number of scans to average counter values on Average  Value Alarm mode or the number of scans of consecutive  true   comparison of values on Persistent Alarm Mode     87    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 88 of 270    You can use the scroll bar to shift the columns left and right  To change a field  left click on it  and you will be presented with a drop down menu of choices for the field or a box in which to  enter numeric values     You can click on a counter path name and the click Del to delete a counter or click Add to  add a new counter to the query     Clicking Add displays the Performance Counter Explorer  which allows you to navigate the  performance counters defined for a system and select counters to add to the query  If the  query is for a different system than the one on which you are running this p
232. ou want to check whether a position in string  contains one of a group of characters or no character at all  you can use Like twice     By using a hyphen       to separate the lower and upper bounds of the range  charlist can  specify a range of characters  For example   A   Z  results in a match if the corresponding  character position in string contains any character within the range A Z  and   H   L  results in  a match if the corresponding character position contains any character outside the range H   L     When you specify a range of characters  they must appear in ascending sort order  that is   from lowest to highest  Thus   A   Z  is a valid pattern  but  Z   A  is not     Multiple Character Ranges    To specify multiple ranges for the same character position  put them within the same  brackets without delimiters  For example   A CX   Z  results in a match if the corresponding  character position in string contains any character within either the range A C or the range  X Z     Usage of the Hyphen  A hyphen     can appear either at the beginning  after an exclamation point  if any  or at the    end of charlist to match itself  In any other location  the hyphen identifies a range of  characters delimited by the characters on either side of the hyphen     249    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 250 of 270    Glossary     MSG    File extension for Paging Files  See Paging File      Str   A Search String file  The  str extension is only used as a convention  Any text file 
233. ount of the directory   Disk File Scan  Attribute Description  record Returns the disk file record as a string   filename Returns the disk file name   sizeop Returns the file size comparision operator   sizeval Returns the file size comparision value in bytes   lastsize Returns the last retrieved actual file size in bytes   Disk Space  These are the monitored object level attributes   Attribute Description  sysname Returns the target system   volumes Returns the number of disk volume objects defined     For each Volume object defined  attributes may be retrieved using the special syntax shown  here     volname   SG MOGet  volume 1 name      The volume n syntax indicates which Volume object to retrieve the attribute for  The  attributes for a Volume object are     Attribute Description   name Returns the volume name    label Returns the volume label    fs Returns the name of the volume s file system     122    Help rtf    size  free  pctfree    enabled    lasterror    alarm    thresholdtype    threshold    DNS Check  Attribute  request    replytest  reply  server1  server2  server3  lasterror  timeout  retry  Email Check  Attribute  server  protocol  username    password    PageR Enterprise Page 123 of 270    Returns total size of the volume in bytes   Returns the current actual free bytes for the volume   Returns the current percent of free space for the volume     Returns the  True  if the volume is enabled for scanning   False   if not     Returns last error description enc
234. ountered checking the volume     Returns  True  or  False   True if the volume object is in the  alarm state     Returns the threshold measurement type  Blank for actual bytes    PCT  for percent free     Returns the threshold value     Description  Returns the request string sent to the DNS server     Returns the expect reply string    Returns the last reply string received from the server   Returns DNS server address    Returns DNS server address    Returns DNS server address    Returns the last error message generated by the MO   Returns the time out value     Returns the number of retries value     Description  Returns the mail server name ip address     Returns the mail protocol   POP3  or  MAPI    Returns the mail server login user name     Returns the mail server login password     123    Help rtf    examinesubject  examinebody  alarmanymessage  deleteallmessages    deletealarmmessage  s    subject  body  from   date  sender  replyto   to   cc   mailer  organization  priority  Email Ping  Attribute  server  protocol  username  password  recipient  timeout    date    PageR Enterprise Page 124 of 270    Returns  true  or  false    Returns  true  or  false    Returns  true  or  false    Returns  true  or  false      Returns  true  or  false      Returns the mail message subject    Returns the mail message body    Returns the mail message FROM field    Returns the date the mail message was created   Returns the mail message SENDER field   Returns the mail message REPLYTO f
235. ows Management Instrumentation  WMI  Events  Monitors the local or remote Windows system using WMI eventing and raises an alarm if WMI  detects the defined events     81    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 82 of 270    Domain Name System  Checks DNS servers and raises and alarm if the server does not respond or incorrectly  resolves sample requests     SNMP Query  Checks SNMP Mib object values on SNMP agents and raises an alarm if object values are  out of tolerance     TCP Services  Checks the availability of TCP Network Services  such as FTP  SMTP   HTTP and more  on  selected systems     Web Page  Checks web servers by Downloading a specified web page from the server  Raises an alarm  if the page fails to download or takes too long     Email Check  Reads email messages on mail server and scans them for text strings  Generate alarm or  execute Task if strings found     Email Ping  Sends a unique mail message to a mail server and tries to read that message back in a set  time period to monitor timely mail delivery     Bandwidth  Monitors network traffic on a target system s network interfaces  Generates alarm if the traffic  level exceeds preset thresholds     Directory  Monitors a Windows disk directory and generates an alarm if total file size or count exceeds  preset thresholds     DialUp  Dial a modem number and test for successful connection in the allowed time     SQL Query  Execute an SQL query against an SQL server and test for successful completion     Hosting System 
236. pands to the current date    expands to the the application name of  PageR      expands to the name of this system     158    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 159 of 270    WMI Query Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Windows Management Instrumentation  WMI  Query  monitored object      Windows Management Instrumentation  WMI   is Microsoft s Win32 platform implementation  of the Web Based Enterprise Management  WBEM  standard  WMI defines an object space  on a managed system and each WMI object maps to one or more instances of a real physical  or software object on that managed system  Each WMI object has one or more data  properties  The WMI Query monitored object can retrieve one or more WMI objects and their  property values from a target system and test those values against specified test values and  raise an alarm if the actual values are out of tolerance  WMI object properties are very  similar to Performance Counters or SNMP Mib objects     See the bottom of this page for additional important information about WMI     WMI Query Object Add Change E3    Identifier    Description  Check free disk space on local system    x Enabled   Interval fo Severity  3  gt   Delay fo  SystemName  S Yi Ta    User Name OoOO Password pooo    Win32_LogicalDisk DevicelD   C   FreeSpace  Win32_LogicalDisk DevicelD  D   FreeSpace uint64          Evaluation Script File      Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   v    Alarm Text          Optional short name for monitored 
237. pands to the threshold value  x is one of IN  OUT  AGG      IFxBPS  expands to the measured bandwidth for the scan period in  BPS     IFxBPSPCT  expands to the percent of interface speed represented by  the value of IFxBPS     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Notes    This monitored object retrieves the bytes sent and received by a network interface and based  on the time between scans  converts the number of bytes to bits per second representing  bandwidth used  This value is compared to the literal or percent of interface speed threshold  value and an alarm is generated if the threshold is exceeded     An alarm is generated if the interface is not UP     If requested  an alarm is generated if the number of errors or discards for either input or ouput  increases from scan to scan     204    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 205 of 270  Directory Object Add Change  This screen is used to add or change Directory Monitored Objects     The Directory Monitored Object monitors the size and or file count of a directory and  generates an alarm if the directory size or file count exceeds preset thresholds  The MO can  also generate an alarm if the directory size or file count changes     Directory Monitored Object Add Change       Description MaA x Enabled  Interval fo Severity        Schedule    B  Diectoy  CSTEMP                Alarm Options     x Alarm if directory size   gt  
238. pecified     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 113 of 270    SG PutObj  wsh   Wsh    PutVar name  variable  Stores a variable in persistent storage under the name specified     SG PutVar  myvar   myvar    ReBoot system     This function will initiate a shutdown and restart of the named Windows system  Specify an  empty string to reboot the local system  PageR will shutdown immediately in preparation for  system shutdown  To reboot a remote system  the user executing PageR or the  impersonation user must exist on the target system or as a domain user and have the Force  Shutdown From a Remote System User Right enabled  Returns a value of false if the  reboot cannot be executed     SG ReBoot     or SG ReBoot  SYSX      ReleaseObject Object  Used to release object pointers created with CreateObject  Failure to release objects may    cause memory leaks   SG ReleaseObject FSO    Reset  Resets the alarm condition on the Task object that is executing the script        SendMail Recipient  Text  Subject  AttachmentFileName  Sends an email message via the PageR mail configuration  Email must be enabled      G SendMail  Bob myco com   Bob   call John right away       SendNetMsg Target  Text  Sends a broadcast message  popup  to the target user system if message broadcast is    enabled     SG SendNetMsg  Bob    Bob  call John right away     SendPage ContactName  Msg  Sends a page to the Contact named via the contact s configuration  Paging must be enabled     SG SendPage  Bob    Bob  call o
239. ption and then clicking on the Copy Alarm button  To  delete an Alarm Object  highlight the object by single clicking on the description and then  clicking on the Delete Alarm button     52    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 53 of 270    Alarm Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change an Alarm Object   An Alarm Object defines the  notification actions to be taken for an alarm event  Alarm Objects are attached to Monitored  Objects  defining what notification actions will be taken for an alarm on that object     Alarm objects can define a simple notification or a notification escalation schedule  which  allows for alarm notification to multiple contacts and alarm notification escalation  The screen  has a tab with two options  one for a simple alarm notification and one for an alarm  escalation schedule  Whichever tab is displayed  that is the notification type that will be  used     Here is an example of a simple alarm notification     Alarm Object Add Change Ea    Description  EEE  X Enabled    Simple Alarm Notification Alarm Escalation Schedule  Pager Script         Email Alarm Msg to    Send Alarm Msg to   v           Override Global Quiet Time   Override Contact Quiet Time    Notify on Alarm Cancel   Repeat Escalation Schedule    Play Sound File    l Execute Windows Command or Task    On Alarm Start   On Alarm Cancel      On Alarm Task   r    On Cancel Task   v       Description of Alarm object                      Description  This is a user defined descri
240. ption of the Alarm Object     Enabled  Enables disables alarm notification by the Alarm Object     53    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 54 of 270    Paging   MSG  File  If you wish to execute a page for the alarm  enter select the appropriate paging file name  If  you wish to send an SNPP page  enter the word SNPP     E Mail Alarm Msg To  If you wish to send an email message for the alarm  enter the email recipients name     Send Alarm Msg To  If you wish to send a broadcast message to another system for the alarm  enter select the  target systems name     When an alarm occurs  notification is not performed if the current time is in a Quiet Time    Quiet times can be defined at the global level or at the Contact level     Override Global Quiet Time  Perform alarm notification even during global quiet times     Override Contact Quiet Time  Perform alarm notification even during Contact quiet times     Notify on Alarm Cancel  Generates an alarm notification  but the object does not go into a new alarm state  when an  in progress alarm clears     Repeat Escalation Schedule   When using an escalation notification schedule  check this box to have the shedule repeated  until the alarm clears  Normally  after the schedule is completed  no further notifications are  sent  For Persistent alarm type monitored objects  the escalation schedule repeat starts on  the next scan   For Discrete alarm type monitored objects  the escalation schedule repeat  starts on the next new alarm event de
241. r phrases  Allows PageR  to monitor Unix host systems     SNMP Trap Server  Receives SNMP Trap messages from SNMP agents and raises alarms  Allows PageR to  handle SNMP Traps     Axis Video Camera  Receives Motion Detection messages from Axis video camera and generates alarms  Can  also capture and record images from cameras on a regular basis     Utility Action Objects are objects that perform some utility function on a regular basis     ePage  On a regular basis  examines messages in a mailbox and generates page requests based on  the messages  Allows users to page Contacts by sending an email     FTP File Get   On a regular basis  retrieves disk files from system supporting FTP  Used to bring disk log  files to the local system for examination by the Disk File monitored object or to retrieve paging  script files generated on other systems     Heart Beat  On a regular basis  generates a notification that tells the recipient that PageR is running     Task  A task object will execute a script  command file or program on a repetitive basis or as part of  an alarm response  Tasks can also be used to create user defined monitored objects     83    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 84 of 270    Select New Monitored Object    Allows selection of new object to be created            Select New Monitored Object  Ioj x     Er k F G    a    NT System    W2K System XP System Event Log NT Service Disk Space WebPage    2  a  amp   amp   amp  a A    Win32 Process Ping WMI Query Perf Query Ema
242. re easily remembered  names to be assigned to TCP IP hosts and clients and used in place of the IP address   The IP address for a name is resolved by searching the hosts file     Impersonate  When a program needs access to resources not available to the user who ran the  program  the program can impersonate a known user and employ that user s credentials    251    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 252 of 270    to access the resource  The issue is maily with Service mode programs  These  programs may not run as a logged on user and have limited access  Impersonating a  known user allows the service wider access  In order to impersonate  the program must  know a vaild user name and password that provides the desired level of access     Interval  Amount of sleep time between scans of the monitored objects  At the monitored object  level  it is the amount of time between scans of that object     MAPI  MAPI is a mail protocol used by Microsoft Messaging     Message Server  A hardware product that attaches to the NT system and supports intelligent Alphanumeric  paging  system down detection and environmental monitoring     notification  An action taken when an alarm condition is detected  May be simple logging  an e mail  message or a page via Message Server or modem     object   In general  an    object    is something on the network that can be probed to determine it s  status  Objects include NT Event Logs  TCP IP clients  ping   NT systems  server or  workstation   disk log files
243. rent time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Notes    To use this monitored object  you must set the Paging Options Tab fields shown below as  indicated     Set the Device Type to SERVER  Set the Data Bits to 8   Set the Stop Bits to 1   Set the Speed to 9600   Set the Parity to NONE    You do not have to enable paging to use this object     141    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 142 of 270    Host Login Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change Host Login Monitored Objects  Host Login objects can  be used to perform host system availability checking and monitoring        Host Login Object Add Change       o o   Cd   systema  a  5  fot ooo o               c  install S cripts HPU Login  tat ry  PO Lc   att                      Identifier  This is a short label that is used to identify this object      Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude the object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time  seconds  that must pass  between scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay    142    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 143 of 
244. reset  by the user on the Status display screen or scanning stops and restarts     Persistent Alarm Processing   When a Persistent alarm type monitored object encounters an alarm  an alarm is generated  and the object enters the alarm state  Once in the alarm state  the object is tested on each  scan to see if the alarm condition persists  If it does  this is logged to the Activity window but  no new alarm is generated  If on a subsequent scan  the alarm condition no longer exists  the  alarm state of the monitored object is cleared  The alarm state of a persistent object may be  reset by the user on the Status display screen  The alarm will be reset if scanning stops and  restarts     Monitored Object Alarm Types    Discrete Persistent    92    Help rtf    Event Log  Disk File Scan  Syslog   SNMP Trap  Host Login  Task   Email Check  ePage    Heart Beat    PageR Enterprise Page 93 of 270    NT System  NetWare Server  Ping   Service   NT Performance Counter  Query   SNMP Query  Failsafe Server  Disk Space  WMI Query  Room Alert  TCP Service  Web Page  UDP Service  DNS Check  Host Process  Host Volume  W2K System  XP System  EMail Ping  DialUp  Directory    Bandwidth    93    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 94 of 270    SNMP Mib Explorer    This screen displays the SNMP Mib retrieved from an SNMP enabled system  You can  select Mib objects to be added to the SNMP Query you came from                 ful  public   M gmt  2  Mib 2 1  system 1  sysDescr 1      Mamt 2  Object ID Obj
245. rily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Com Port  Select the COM port that the Room Alert 2 device is attached to  if using serial connection     IP Addr or Name   Optional support for Room Alert 2 with network interface  Enter the IP address or name  assigned to the Room Alert 2 device you wish to use followed by a colon and then the port  number assigned  This defaults to 10001  If an address is entered in this box  the COM port  selection is ignored     Sensor Type  Select or type a descriptive label that identifies the attached sensor     Sensor Number  Each Room Alert 2 device supports 3 user sensors  Select the sensor  number  that is to be  monitored     Normal Signal  Set the signal level  LO or HI  that is returned by the attached sensor for NORMAL  conditions  LO contact open  Hl contact closed     Simulate Alarm  Check this box to test the MO without a Room Alert 2 device attached to the system  Alarms  are simulated and cleared on alternating scan
246. rise  The feature is available for evaluation when Pager  Enterprise is in demonstration mode We recommend testing it on a separate  PC to your production copy of Pager Enterprise     Pager Enterprise 5 0 0 supports archiving of monitoring information to a  Microsoft SQL database  2000 or later   This provides for long term retention   aggregation  analysis and reporting of that information  Monitored object  attributes  scans  alarms  notifications and network events are recorded  You  can now have have a powerful set of tools for a wide variety of reporting   graphing and data analysis in relation to the system monitoring and alerting  carried out by Pager Enterprise     SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS    1  Pager Enterprise release 5 0 0 or later   2  Microsoft SQL Server or SQL Express 2005   3  Crystal Reports or Crystal 10 Runtime or any SQL compatible report writer  4  Microsoft  Net Framework 2 0  required by SQL Express 2005     If you do not have SQL or Crystal already the folllowing free software can be  downloaded off the internet     SQL Express 2005     FREE LICENCE from Microsoft   SQL Server Management Studio Express db admin tool   FREE LICENCE  Crystal 10 Runtime     FREE LICENCE from CPL Systems   Microsoft  Net Framework 2 0     FREE LICENCE    Information in the database can be processed by any MSSQL compatible  reporting tool  Included with Pager Enterprise is a set of history and analysis  reports written in the Crystal Reports query reporting tool  A custom Repo
247. rns the name of the user if the event was generated under a  specific user s credentials or  N A      Returns the formatted event description text or  description not  found  if the event description cannot be located     155    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 156 of 270    Disk Space Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change Disk Space monitored objects     Disk Space monitored objects check the free space on Windows  Win32  disk volumes and  alarm if free space falls below a specified level     Disk Space Object Add Change x        space on local drives  X Enabled  Interval fo Severity  s    Delay fo Schedule  sytemNone  3     Available Volumes Yolume Information          Name  C  Label NT4  File System  FAT Size  MB   2047  Free  MB   144 7 0         x Monitor free space Minimum Free      fi 0        Alarm Notification    Alarm Object        Alarm Text         Optional description of monitored object       Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object      Enabled    Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval    This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity    This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition     Delay  This is the number of seconds that an alarm on thi
248. rogram  select  that system in the System Name box before clicking Add  This will cause the Performance  Counter Explorer to explore the counters defined on that system     Evaluation Script File   Normally  this MO retrieves the Performance Counter values and then does the theshold  checking as defined for each counter  As an alternative  you can specify a file name  containing VB script that will be executed to evaluate the counters  In this mode  the counter  values are retrieved but no threshold processing is done  Instead  the named script file is  executed  That script can access all of the attributes for the Performance Counter Query MO  and the counter attributes and current values  Thus  you can write your own evaluation code  for the counter properties  There is an example script in   Scripts Samples PerfCounterTest txt     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be expanded to their r
249. rotocol to use to send and retrieve the ping mail messages     Mail Timeout  Enter the maximum time in seconds for ping mail message retrieval before an alarm is  generated     You can define separate systems for mail submission and mail delivery  This allows pinging  of mail relays     Outgoing Mail Server  Enter the name or IP address of the POP3  SMTP  mail server where the ping messages will  be sent  Defaults to the Incoming mail server  Not used for MAPI      Outgoing User Name   For POP3  SMTP   enter the user name used to logon to the mail server to send the ping  mail message  if needed   For MAPI  enter the mail client profile name that will be used to  send the mail ping message     Outgoing Password  Enter the password for the user profile name entered in the previous field     Outgoing Recipient  Mail address to which the ping mail message will be sent  This address must be delivered to  the incoming mail box  Defaults to the Incoming Recipient     Incoming Mail Server  Enter the name or IP address of the POP3 mail server where the ping messages will be  read  Not used for MAPI     Incoming User Name   For POP3  enter the user name used to logon to the mail server and read the ping mail  message  For MAPI  enter the mail client profile name that will be used to read the ping mail  message     Incoming Password  Enter the password for the user profile name entered in the previous field     Incoming Recipient  Mail address from which the ping mail message will be r
250. rt  Viewer application is included to factilitate the use of these reports  These  reports can be modified by the user or new Crystal reports can be written and  used with the Report Viewer     You can also create Crystal reports that run outside the Report Viewer  Use of  the included Crystal based reports require the Crystal Reports 10 runtime to  be installed on the computer that runs the Report Viewer  The Report Viewer  also requires the  Net Framework 2 0 to be installed  You can run the Report  Viewer on any system you wish  not just the Pager Enterprise host system   SUMMARY   To create reports you can use one or more of the methodologies below     Pager Enterprise 5 0 0 or later PLUS at least one of the following  combinations of tools     265    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 266 of 270    1  Microsoft SQL Server   Crystal Reports   2  Microsoft SQL Server   Any    Crystal like    SQL compatible report writer   3  Microsoft SQL Server   Pager Enterprise SQL Report Writer   Crystal 10  Runtime   4  Microsoft SQL Express 2005   Pager Enterprise SQL Report Writer    Crystal 10 Runtime    The Pager Enterprise Report Writer  ReportViewer exe  and some pre   configured reports are to be found in the  Reports folder of the Pager  Enterprise install     Pre configured reports include the following     Alarm Log   Event Log   Monitored Object List by ID  Monitored Object List by TYPE  Monitored Object List by SEVERITY  Notification Log   Processing Errors    If you install S
251. rted   If a service being monitored is not running it generates an alarm  This excludes services that  have not been started since the last reboot of the system  A service would not be considered  to have failed if it had never been started  Check this box to have services that have not  been started to also generate an alarm     Alarm if paused  Normally  paused services do not generate an alarm  Check this box to have paused  services generate an alarm     If a service stops  either intentionally or by failure  two exit codes are available when the  alarm is generated  One is the Win32 Exit Code  This reflects an exit status code posted by  the Win32 Service Control Manager  The service itself may also post an exit code  These  codes are available to substitute into a custom alarm message  see below      If an alarm is generated for a service  this means that the service is not running  That could  be because the service was stopped  paused or failed  If the service is restarted  the alarm  will be cleared automatically     Attempt Restart   If this option is enabled  PageR will make one attempt to restart a failed service  If restart is  successful  the alarm is cleared  If the restart fails  an alarm is generated  In order to restart  a service while running PageR in Service Mode  you must have PageR impersonate an  Admin level user that allows access to the system where the service to be restarted resides     Alarm on good restart   Normally  if Attempt Restart is select
252. rver for message       H Email Ping Ping Mail Server Test Mail server delivery       b       Add Object Delete Object      Tree View 38 Objects configured    Monitor SPIN Directory                    Add new Monitored Object       The Options window allows access to PageR configuration settings  The settings are  organized onto tabs  Switch between setting tabs by clicking on the appropriate tab     The settings tabs are     Monitored Objects Tab  Alarm Objects Tab  Contact Objects Tab    MSG Files Tab    14    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 15 of 270    Search String Files Tab   Paging Notification Options Tab  email Notification Options Tab  Global Options Tab   More Global Options Tab  Logging Options Tab    Monitored Object Groups Tab    Click More Options button to see more     After making changes to one or more tabs  you can click CANCEL to discard the changes  and return to the Main window or OK to accept all changes and return to the Main window   Accepted changes are retained temporarily until saved to the Registry or until you exit  PageR  If there are unsaved changes at exit  you will be prompted to either keep the  changes to the Registry or discard them     Note that the first time the Options tab is displayed in a PageR session  PageR scans your  network to build a list of systems  This network scan can take from a few seconds to a few  minutes depending on the complexity of your network     15    Help rtf    PageR Enterprise    Monitored Object Status Window  
253. rvice for a  discussion of using MAPI mail under a Service mode process  Note that in some cases  the  MAPI mail client may have to be running in order for mail generated by PageR to be  delivered     Enable Notification by email using SMTP   Check this box to send email notifications via the SMTP protocol  If enabled  enter the name  or IP address of the mail server  You must also enter a valid return email address known to  the mail server  This is typically the email address of the person responsible for PageR  If  the SMTP server requires authentication  enter the user name and password in the  Profile Password boxes in the MAP section     Use Alarm Text as Mail Subject    30    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 31 of 270    Check this box to send the alarm notification message text as the email subject line   Normally  the subject is a generic alarm annoucement and the actual alarm message text is  in the body of the mail message     You may click the Send Test Mail button to send a test email     Monitored Objects Tab    This tab displays the current list of monitored objects and allows you to add  change and  delete the objects     Messaging  SNPP   SSH    Globals   Globals 2   Contacts   Loaging   MO Groups   Auto Add    Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects  MSG Files   Search Strings  Paging  Email     Object Identifier    a Axis Camera Default Computer Room Camera   E Bandwidth Server on 161 208    Watch server interface for too mu      amp  DialUp 555 1212 Test ISP dial 
254. s for the Message Server     Modem Hang Up Wait  Sets the amount of time in seconds that PageR waits after sending a page via a Modem  before forcing a Hangup of the modem  Usually 20 30 seconds     Number of Times Page is Repeated  Sets the number of times that a page for an alarm event is repeated     Page Repeat Delay  Sets the time in seconds between repeats of a page if the number of times to repeat is    28    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 29 of 270    greater than 1     Alert Script Paging  Check this box to enable Alert Script alphanumeric paging with a modem  See the  discussion of Alert Script for more information     Pager Service Phone Number   This is the default pager phone number  This value is substituted for the  PHONE   substitution parameter when it appears in a paging file  A phone number defined for a  Contact overrides this value  You may type a number in the box or select a number from the  drop down list of common pager services     Pager ID   This is the default pager ID string  This value is substituted for the  PAGERID  substitution  parameter when it appears in a paging file  A pager ID defined for a Contact overrides this  value     Send Paging files to SPIN directory on system   Check this box to send paging files to the SPIN directory on another system running PageR  instead of processing them locally  If this is checked  enter the name of the other system in  the system box     Enable Message Server Polling   Click this box to have PageR send 
255. s generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      SENSORTYPE  expands to the sensor type label    SENSORNUMBER expands to the sensor number   NORDALA expands to LO or HI  the normal signal value    COMPORT  expands to the com port for the Room Alert device      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      134    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 135 of 270     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     135    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 136 of 270    TCP Services Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a list of TCP Services which will be monitored on a  selected system     TCP Services Object Add Change Fa    i  X Enabled  Interval fo Severity  s 7  Delay fo  System  161 208 12 21 Ea Time Out  5    Available TCP Services Monitored TCP Services    3COM TSMUX  108   AUTH  113   BGP  179  Remove  BOOTPS  67     BACKUP EXPRESS  6123   BTRIEVE  3351  El  Extension Script File   E  Extension Script Parameters      Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   7   Alarm Text  TYPE  on  IDX    p S  CNAME  not respondin
256. s in each table are associated with the host system on which Pager  Enterprise is installed  In this way  one database can record information from  multiple installations of Pager Enterprise     Database logging can add time to scanning start up  While scanning is  proceeding  information is being logged to the database in the background   but will add overhead and may slow Pager Enterprise somewhat  When Pager  Enterprise is shutdown  summary downtime statistics collected by Pager  Enterprise are flushed to the database and so slows down the shutdown  process     Using the Reports    Sample reports are included that were created with the Crystal Reports 10  database reporting tool  These sample reports can be run directly  but the  parameter prompting to customize the reports is inflexible and difficult to use   For this reason  a custom Report Viewer was created  When you select a  report using this viewer  it handles the parameter prompting in concert with    268    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 269 of 270    the standard structure of the reports and facilitates the use of the reports   Reports are viewed on line but can be printed     ReportViewer can be run on the Pager Enterprise host system or from any  other system you wish  For other systems  you must be able to map a drive to  the Reports directory of the hosting system or you can just copy the reports  directory to the system that will be running the ReportViewer  Note again the  the system which will execute the 
257. s is the SQL Select statement to be executed if the MO successfully logs onto the SQL  server  If no records are returned by this Select statement  an alarm is generated  You can  click the Test button to execute the SQL Query operation and validate the setup     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     219    Help rtf     IDX      DESC    DSN      RECORDSFOUND        LASTERROR      ALARMID      TIME    DATE    AGENT      SYSTEM     PageR Enterprise Page 220 of 270    expands to the monitored object s unique identification string  with the Data Source Name appended     expands to the mon
258. s object must persist before alarm    notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     156    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 157 of 270    Schedule  Click to define an optional schedule for scanning of this monitored object     System Name  Enter or select the name of the Windows  Win32  system on which the query will be  executed  Click the scan button to search the network for systems     Scan Volumes  Scans the target system for disk volumes which are displayed in the Available Volumes list   Can used to update an existing list of volumes when changing an existing Disk Space object     Available Volumes  This is a list of volumes that can be monitored on the target system  Click on a volume to  display It s attributes and monitoring status in the Volume Information area     Volume Information  This area displays the attributes and monitoring status of the selected disk volume     Monitor Free Space  Check this box to monitor the selected disk volume s free space     Minimum Free   Enter the minimum free space level  Actual free space below this level will generate an  Alarm  Enter an actual free space amount in bytes or as a number followed by a percent sign  to set minimum percent free space     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected t
259. s of this MO     Log Samples   Check this box to log each data sample read from the Room Alert 2 device to a disk file  This  file will be in the install directory and named RA2nn log where nn is the internal object  number of the Monitored Object  This number is always the same for each MO instance     Flood    Check this box to enable monitoring of the built in flood sensor  Flood sensor pick up must  be wired to the Flood sensor contacts on the Room Alert 2 device     213    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 214 of 270    Power   Check this box to enable monitoring of the alternate power supply  Typically  the Power  sensor monitors the power input to a UPS and the RA2 box  s power cord is plugged into the  UPS output  This way if there is loss of power to the UPS  you can be alerted that the UPS is  active and you have x minutes of power left     Dead Box  Check this box to monitor for loss of communication with the RA2 box     Temperature   Set the temperature alert value for the onboard temperature sensor  Enter a numeric value  followed by F or C select the desired temperature scale  Defaults to F  Zero to disable   Alarm generated if actual temperature is above the alert value  To alarm if actual  temperature is below the alert value  append the  gt  character to the alert value      Humidity   Set the percent humidity alert value for the onboard humidity sensor  Zero to disable  Alarm  generated if actual humidity is above the alert value  To alarm if actual humidity is
260. s the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type      ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string  the  name or IP address of the target system      DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      SVCNAME  expands to the name and port number of the UDP Service that has  failed testing      SVCERROR  expands to a description of the error when a service fails testing      TIME  expands to the current time     192    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 193 of 270     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Notes   This monitored object verifies UDP Service availability by attempting to send a UDP message  to each service selected on the identified system  Active services should discard that  message  Inactive services will generate an alarm    This Monitored Object is only supported when PageR is running on Windows 2000 and    Windows XP  If PageR is running on Windows NT  UDP service
261. s to the name of the sending system  as retrieved from  that system      SYSIP  expands to the IP address of the sending system     SYSDESC  expands to the system description text retrieved from the sending  system     SYSLOC  expands to the location text retrieved from the sending system     SYSCON  expands to the contact name retrieved from the sending system      COMMUNITY expands to the community name under which the trap was sent          102    Help rtf     TRAPOID    TRAPNUM      TRAPNAME      STIME      OID1      OIDNAME1    VAL1    TIME    DATE    AGENT      SYSTEM     Notes    PageR Enterprise Page 103 of 270    expands to the trap s SNMP object ID   expands the trap s number     expands to the textual name of the trap if found in one of the  SNMP MIBs     expands to the time the trap was generated  This is from the point  of view of the SNMP agent and is in clock ticks since the agent  was initialized     expands to the object ID of the first additional SNMP object  returned in the trap message  if any     expands to the name of the object ID described above   expands to the value of the object ID described above   expands to the current time    expands to the current date    expands to the the application name of  PageR      expands to the name of this system     When systems with SNMP support  agents  experience events  they may send notification  messages or  traps  to an SNMP management application  manager   This monitored object  allows PageR to function as a
262. s will always be reported as  active     193    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 194 of 270    Auto Add Tab    This tab supports automated creation of Monitored Objects for known network Objects     PageR can do auto discovery of objects on your network using three different discovery  techniques  A database of discovered  known  objects is maintained and is used to fill system  name IP address selection lists on the various Monitored Object Add Change screens     Using the Auto Add Tab  you can select network objects from the list of known objects and  automatically create Ping Monitored Objects for the selected network objects     Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging  Email   Globals   Globals 2  Contacts   Logging   MO Groups Auto Add      Scan Network for Objects using        Known Network Objects     Description      161 208 12 28 P560 SNMP MS DOS 6 22 windo     161 208 12 31 rac4 PING  161 208 12 31 RAC4 SNMP Novell NetWare 4 11     161 208 12 33 PING  161 208 12 40 DEXTER PING  161 208 12 40 DEXTER SNMP Hardware  x86 Famil     161 208 12 42 VALHALIN PING  161 208 12 42 yvalhalin SNMP Linux valhalin 2 4 18      161 208 12 43 PING  DEXTER DEXLAB Windows GP6 233 NT 4 0 Ser     RAC4 NetWare  RACNT DEXLAB Windows G6 200 NT 4 0 Work     VALHALIN RAC Windows RedHat 7 2 Samba         Create Ping MOs       Select network objects for automatic creation of Monitored Objects        When the Auto Add Tab is displayed  the list of known network objec
263. secure protocols  a request to connect to a remote system is  directed to a local IP address that is the local entrance to an SSH tunnel to the target system   The tunnel sends the connection request to the SSH server on the target system  which  directs the connection request to the target system server application just as if we had  connected directly to the target system  Data traveling through the tunnel is encrypted and  therefore secure from interception     Support for SSH tunneling is provided primarily to support securing the Telnet connections  used by the Host Login  Host Volume and Host Process Monitored Objects     Globals   Globals 2   Contacts   Loaging   MO Groups   Auto Add    Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging  Email   Messaging   SNPP SSH            SSH Port  22 Timeout  30  SSH Server Login frac Password cco    Local Address Local Port Remote Address Remote Port    C CO C W a  23    127 0 0 5 23 susie       Enable SSH Tunneling support        Enable SSH Tunneling  Check this box to enable SSH Tunneling     216    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 217 of 270    Server Port  Port number of the SSH protocol  Normally 22  All tunnels configured will use this port     Timeout  Communications timeout value in seconds     SSH Server Login  User name for login to the SSH server  This login name will be used for all tunnels configured     Password  Password for login to the SSH server  This password will be used for all tunnels con
264. sed outside brackets   the exclamation point matches itself     A hyphen     can appear either at the beginning  after an exclamation point if one is used  or  at the end of charlist to match itself  In any other location  the hyphen is used to identify a  range of characters     When a range of characters is specified  they must appear in ascending sort order  from  lowest to highest    A Z  is a valid pattern  but  Z A  is not     26    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 27 of 270    The character sequence    is considered a zero length string        Using Scripts for string matching    You can write a VBScript function to perform complex pattern matching tasks  Your script  does not need a SUB  FUNCTION or END statements  unless you wish to end before the  final line of the script   Exposed to your script is a variable called teststr which contains the  text to be searched  provided by the monitored object   You indicate a match  which results  in an alarm being generated  by setting the variable match to true  The Script Globals object  and the monitored object that called for the string match  are also exposed through the SG  object reference     Here is a sample script used with the Disk File Monitored Object  It simply looks in the disk  file record passed in the teststr variable for the presense of the string  error      A file with the script      if instr 1  teststr   error   1   lt  gt  0 then  match true  end if     Script entered in the search string box on the MO   
265. sk File C  Myapphlo    8 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 14 48 4M  NT Server NT1 9 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 14 55 AM  NT Server NT1 9 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 14 55 AM  Nw Server GWS 10 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 14 55 AM  Nw Server GWS 10 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 14 55 AM  Ping 161 208 1215 11 Simple New 4 16 98 10 15 02 4M  Web Page http   www    12 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 15 04 AM  Web Page http   www    12 Schedule New 4 16 98 10 15 04 4M       When alarm notification includes paging  a Page Request is generated and added to the  Paging Queue  PageR processes the page requests in the queue by executing the first page  request in the queue that is not completed and not waiting for the delay between page  repeats     You may delete a waiting page request by clicking on the Object type to select the request  and then pressing the DEL key     Object  This is the object type of the monitored object that generated the page request     Identifier  This is the unique identifier of the monitored object that generated the page request     Alarm ID  Unique alarm ID number assigned to each alarm     Type    75    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 76 of 270    This is the type of page request     Simple A simple page request  Scheduled Created from an escalation schedule  SPIN From the SPIN directory    Note that the difference between Simple and Scheduled requests is in repeats of the page   Simple requests will be repeated per the settings on the Paging Notification Options tab   Scheduled pages are
266. sk Log File View window displays a snapshot of the current contents of the activity log  file  You can refresh the display with the DISPLAY button or print the contents of the log  window with the PRINT button  Click the OK button when you are done viewing the log file     22    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 23 of 270    Paging Script   MSG  Files Tab  This tab allows Alert Script   Message Server or Modem paging script files to be created or  modified     Globals   More Globals   Contacts    Monitored Objects   AlarmObjects MSG Files   Search Strings  Paging   Email      Create or Edit Paging   MSG  script files       AirTouch mse      amp  amp  amp D TAL  BT msg  amp  amp  amp SAFE  Cellnetmsg  amp  amp  amp CALL  Hutchison msq     c 1998  986824  AlertScript              Mci  USA  msq    1266 baud 7 data bits EVEN p  Mercury msq U   MODEM MSG d e pen   E all W Dialing AirTouch Pager Servi  Numeric  US  msq S ATDT PHONE  C   One2one msg BN  za    x Show Samples 4 d         Edit  MSG file       The left pane displays a list of the  MSG files present in the Alerts directory  Click Show  Samples to display the files in the Samples directory  Click on a file to display its contents in  the right pane  You can edit the contents in the right pane and click SAVE to update the  paging file     If you edit a file in the samples directory and click SAVE  the file will be saved in the Alerts  directory  thereby preserving the sample files     Click NEW to create a new paging file    
267. ssaging  SNPP  SSH    Globals   Globals 2   Contacts Logging   MO Groups   Auto Add                     Select Monitored Objects toLog  T  Enable logging of Monitored Object scans  Axis Camera fa  T Include Column Label Records          Bandwidth T Log Alarms  DialUp    Directory    Append log file  Disk Space Column separator character     Disk File 3  Log File Overflow  DNS Check m o zeka  Failsafe Server No Overtlow verflow size KB   Email Check   New File On Overflow 11000           Email Ping Log File Extension  akM   Numbered  ial g C Date  amp  Time   e  Heart Beat       Host Login x  J Persist Downtime tracking information       Enable logging of MO scans        Enable Logging of Monitored Object Scans  Check this box to enable logging     Include Column Label Records  Check this box to include records with column labels or headers  This can be useful in  learning about the content of the log records     Log Alarms  Include log records for each alarm generated     Column Separator Character  Select a character to be used to delimit the columns in the log file  You may also use the word  TAB to select the tab character as the delimiter     173    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 174 of 270    Log File Overflow   Select an option to control log file size  If No Overflow  a new log file is opened each time  scanning is started and grows until scanning is stopped  If New File On size is selected  log  files will be close when the reach the specified size and a new file open
268. stem to be  monitored     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects    An Alarm Object must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events  for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued by  PageR  This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the  default alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      TIME  expands to the current time    DATE  expands to the current date      AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      180    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 181 of 270     SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Windows XP System Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Windows XP System monitored object      XP System Mo
269. stems  A and B  To do this    would create a tunnel to  system A as follows     Local Address   127 0 0 5 Local Port   23 Remote Address   A Remote Port   23    Port 23 is the Telnet standard port  To create a tunnel to system B    would create it as  follows     Local Address   127 0 0 6 Local Port   23 Remote Address   B Remote Port   23    To create a tunnel to system B for the SMTP  port 25  protocol    would create it as follows     217    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 218 of 270    Local Address   127 0 0 6 Local Port   25 Remote Address   B Remote Port   25    Finally  any Monitored Object that uses Telnet to system A must have A as it s host name   The MO s host server system name is matched to the remote name in the tunnels to  determine if a tunnel should be used and which one  So if my Telnet MO has A for it s host  name  at Telnet connect time  the address used by Telnet will be changed to 127 0 0 5 and so  Telnet will connect via the tunnel to system A s Telnet service      SQL Query Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change an SQL Query monitored object      This monitored object uses ODBC to connect to an SQL database and execute a query  If  the connection to the database fails or the query returns no records  an alarm is generated   This monitored object requires Microsoft Data Access Components 2 5 or later to be  installed     SQL Query Monitored Object Add Change x   Idenfitier Iae BEE E  X Enabled  Description  Check that production SOL s
270. story Display  Clears the screen and reloads the current event history     Enable Auto Update of screen   If this button is selected  events will be added to the screen as they occur  This can cause  the screen to be repositioned while you are looking at it  If you are scrolling back through the  event history  you may wish to disable auto update  You can turn Auto Update back on or  click the Refresh button to update the display     Include System Event Log  If this button is selected  events generated by NT 2000 System Event Logs will be included  in the display     170    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 171 of 270    Include Application Event Log  If this button is selected  events generated by NT 2000 Application Event Logs will be  included in the display     Include Security Event Log  If this button is selected  events generated by NT 2000 Security Event Logs will be included  in the display     Include Syslog Messages  If this button is selected  Syslog messages will be included in the display     Include SNMP Traps  If this button is selected  SNMP Trap messages will be included in the display     All events from all sources are classified by Severity as Informational  Warning or Error  events  You can include exclude by severity with the next 3 buttons     Include Informational Events  If this button is selected  Infomrational events will be included in the display     Include Warning Events  If this button is selected  Warning events included in the display     Incl
271. string  Typically is user  assigned id string and other pertient information about the MO  such as target system     Returns the MO description    Returns the MO scan_ interval  seconds    Returns the MO alarm delay period  seconds    Returns the MO severity level number     Returns  True  or  False   True if an alarm is in progress on the  MO     Returns the number of scans that the current alarm has  persisted     Returns the MOs alarm type  Will be  Descrete  or  Persistent      Returns the unique alarm id number assigned to the last alarm  generated by the MO     Returns the last alarm message generated by the MO     Returns the second level alarm message last generated by the  MO     Returns the alarm message template defined for the MO     Returns the date and time of the last update to the MO     Help rtf    lastscan  alarmcount  scancount    lastalarmstart    lastalarmend    PageR Enterprise Page 120 of 270    Returns the date and time of the last scan of the MO   Returns the number of alarms experienced by the MO   Returns the number of times the MO has been scanned     Returns the date and time of the start of the last alarm  experienced by the MO     Returns the date and time of the end of the last alarm  experienced by the MO     Each Monitored object exposes additional attributes as listed below     Bandwidth    These are the monitored object level attributes     Attribute  system    community    interfaces    Description  Returns the target system     Returns th
272. t alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use    substitution keywords    in the message which will be expanded to their run time values when    the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     IDX  expands to the monitored object s unique indentification  string plus the target system     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event     TARGET  expands to the target system name or IP address     COMMUNITY  expands to the community name     ELAPSEDSEC  expands to the number of seconds elapsed since the last  scan     IFINDEX  expands to the index of the interface in the system s MIB     IFDESC  expands to the interface description      IFPHYADDR      IFSPEED     expands to the actual retrieved object value for the object  that caused the current alarm     expands to the max speed of the interface in bits per  second     203    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 204 of 270     IFOPSTATUS  expands to the operational status of the interface  either UP  or DOWN      IFxTHRESHOLD  ex
273. t information before clicking  Install as a Service     Web Status Service   The Web Status Service allows a web browser to be used to display PageR status  information from another system  You can also perform control tasks such as  starting stopping monitoring  alarm resets and suspending resuming monitoring of individual  objects  See the discussion of the Web Status Service for information on the use of the  service  In order to use the Web Status Service you must enable it here  If you already have  a web server running on your system  you can select an alternate TCP IP port number to  use  You can define a user name and password that the browser user must supply to access  the Web Status Service     Log Status Requests  Enables logging of Web Status requests serviced to the Activity log      Disable Security Check on Manual Paging   If you apply security to Web Status by entering a user name and password  you can disable  security checking for the Web Status Manual Paging feature  This will allow any browser to  submit a manual page  but not access any other part of Web Status  In order to access the  Manual Paging feature directly  use the following URL in the browser     http   ip address name of system lt  portnumber gt  WebStatus5 html    Scan in Severity Order   Normally  Monitored Objects are scanned in the order they were created  Check this box to  scan the objects in Severity order  starting with Severity 0 and continuing through Severity 9   Within a Severity 
274. t up in OPTIONS CONTACTS ADD  CONTACT  Hit F1 to see online help at that point     If you BROWSE in samples you should see dedicated scripts for various services  If you  don t see what you want there you can choose the generic script TAP msg and then select a  phone number from PAGING SERVICE PHONE NUMBER  the dedicated scripts have the  right phone number embedded      See how far you get and then come back to me again     From CONTACT Online Help    Pager Script   To text the Contact with SMS alphanumeric paging  enter select the appropriate paging  script file  MSG  name from  SAMPLES  The correct phone number is embedded in these  scripts     Pager ID  This is the PAGER ID or CELL PHONE NUMBER  It is substituted for the  PAGERID   substitution parameter in the paging script     Paging Service Phone Number    257    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 258 of 270    This is the phone number of the PAGING SERVICE to use for alphanumeric paging  It is  substituted for the  PHONE  substitution parameter in the paging script  You may type a  number in the box or select a number from the drop down list of common paging services   SEE BELOW   For example  if the device you are texting uses VERIZON network then use  the VERIZON MSG script     US Paging Service Phone Numbers available in PageR    USA AIRTOUCH  1 800 5594898 1200 EVEN 7 1  AMERITECH USA  1 800 7343503 9600 EVEN 7 1  USA ARCH  1 800 8448089 9600 NONE 8 1  FIRSTPAGE_NJ USA  1 800 9267272 9600 EVEN 7 1  GTE USA  1 866 823 
275. t web site at  watch the  wrap      http   www microsoft com downloads details aspx familyid 0856EACB 4362   4B0D 8EDD  AAB15C5E04F5 amp displaylang en    The Crystal Reports 10 runtime is available for download at your PageR distributor s web site     The included reports and the Report Viewer application are located in the Reports directory  below the install directory     The Database Archiving and Reporting feature is licensed separately from PageR  The  feature is available for evaluation when PageR is in demonstration mode     More information on archiving and reporting is available in the following topics   Installing and Configuring the Database  Logging to the Database    Using the Reports    245    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 246 of 270    Installing and Configuring the Database    Before you can use the Archiving and Reporting feature  the Archive database must be  installed  This database is called PageR and is located in a new or existing MSSQL Instance   If you already have MSSQL at your site you can install the PageR database into an existing or  new Instance  If you do not have MSSQL installed  you can download and install the free SQL  2005 Express Edition from Microsoft  If you install SQL 2005 Express Edition  it is  reccomended that you also download and install the SQL Server Management Studio  Express administration tool     Once you have an MSSQL Instance available  you can use the CreateDB sql script located  in the Reports directory to create the d
276. tains the Alert Script commands to direct the  Message Server to perform the desired alphanumeric page     Finally  you can perform alphanumeric pages with a modem using Alert Script commands and    having PageR execute the commands in software  thereby emulating the Message Server     As an alternative to modem based paging  you can send pages over the internet to a paging  service provider via the Simple Network Paging Protocol  SNPP      Simple Modem Paging    Simple Modem paging is done by creating a msg file with modem commands that will cause  the modem to dial your pager service   The file is copied to the modem via the com port and  paging is the responsibility of the modem  There is no status checking or guarantee of page  delivery     Select Modem as the Device Type on the Paging Notification Options tab but do not select  Alert Script Paging     There are example paging files in the Samples directory     Message Server Paging    Paging with a Message Server device is done by copying a file containing Alert Script  commands to the Message Server via a com port  The Alert Script commands direct the  Message Servers paging activity and paging is the responsibility of the Message Server   While page delivery is very reliable with the Message Server  PageR is unable to verify  delivery of the page or report errors encountered by the Message Server     Alert Script programming of the Message Server is covered in the Message Server  documentation     Select Server as the 
277. target  name or  number  in the Pager Service   field  On an Alarm object   you  enter the word skype in the Pager Script field to send alarms to the default Skype target     If running PageR on the desktop  the Skype client may also be running  but it cannot be used  to make calls as that will prevent PageR from making calls  If the Skype client is not running  when PageR wishes to make a call  PageR will launch the client     If running PageR as a service  you must NOT run the Skype client on the desktop  PageR  will manage the Skype client itself in a manner compatible with service mode operation     Please note that the login of the Skype client to the Skype service can take a long time     If Skype is enabled  you can log activity to the default Skype target via Skype chat  On the  Messaging Tab of the Options Window  you can select logging and alarm notifications to be  sent via Skype chat     242    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 243 of 270    Database Options Tab    This tab configures Database Archiving and Reporting     The Database Archiving and Reporting function is an additional charge feature that can be  added to PageR  This function allows PageR to record information about Monitored Objects   scans  alarms  notifications and network events to an MSSQL  2000 or later  database  This  information becomes a persistent archive of data about the events detected by PageR  The  database can aggregate information collected by multiple instances of PageR  It also  aggr
278. tected by the monitored object     Play Sound File   Plays sound when an alarm is detected  Sounds can be a sound file   wav  or the name of a  Windows System sound  such as  Exclamation    You may browse for  wav files  Several   wav files are included in the  Sounds directory     Execute Windows Command   Enter a program  batch or command file name and any parameters in the box to execute an  external application when an alarm event starts and or when the event ends or is cancelled   You can use substitution parameters on the command to pass information about the alarm to  the external application  The substitution parameters available are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event     54    Help rtf     ALARM      ALARMX      TIME    DATE    AGENT      SYSTEM     Execute Task    PageR Enterprise Page 55 of 270    expands to the monitored object s current alarm message     expands to extended information about the current alarm  not  available on all objects      expands to the current time   expands to the current date   expands to the the application name of  PageR      expands to the name of this system     You can execute a Task Monitored Object on alarm start or end  The On Alarm Start Task is  executed when an
279. tem    processes Returns the number of process objects that are defined for the  MO     For each process object contained in the query  attributes may be retrieved using the special  syntax shown here     proc   SG MOGet  process 2 name      The process n syntax indicates which process object to retrieve the attribute for  The  attributes for a process object are     Attribute Description  name Returns the process name   status Returns the processes current status  Either  OK  or description    of current process alarm     alarm Returns  True  or  False   True if the process object is in the  alarm state     128    Help rtf    alarmcount    alarmtotal    lastalarmstart    lastalarmend    lasttest    WMI Query    PageR Enterprise Page 129 of 270    Returns the number of alarms detected for the process object  for the current alarm episode     Returns the total number of alarms detected for the process  object since scanning was started     Returns the date and time of the start of the current alarm  episode for the process object     Returns the date and time of the end of the last alarm episode  for the process object     Returns the date and time that the target system was queried  and the process object was checked     These are the query level attributes     Attribute  system    objects    Description  Returns the target system     Returns the number of WMI objects  properties  that are defined  for the query     For each WMI object contained in the query  attributes may b
280. terprise Page 11 of 270    Main Window Drop Down Menus  The Main window has these pull down menus     File Menu  Start Monitoring  Click to start network monitoring     Stop Monitoring  Click to stop network monitoring     Status  Display object status window     Systems Console  Display the Systems Console     Network Event Console  Display the Network Event Console     Hide  Hide PageR from view  do not display in tool bar  You can access  PageR when it is hidden by left clicking tray icon  display main window      or right clicking the tray icon  display task bar menu   Hiding is supported on  NT 4 0 and later     Clear Log Window  Clear the activity log window     Print Screen    Print the Main window  You may also press function key 12  F12   on any window to print that window     Send a Manual Page  Display the Manual Paging window     View Log File  Display the Disk Log File Viewer     View Event Log  Display the Event Log Viewer     Performance Monitor  Displays the Performance Monitor application     Write test record to Event Log  Writes a record to the Application Event Log that simulates a  real error event  This can be used to test the Event Log Monitored  Object      Exit  Click to shutdown PageR and exit the program     11    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 12 of 270    Settings Menu    Options  Display the Options  configuration  window     More Options  Display the second Options  configuration  window     Save Main Window Size and Location  Record the main wi
281. terval   This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity    86    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 87 of 270    This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     System Name  Enter or select the name of the Windows Server or Workstation system on which the query  will be executed     Performance Counters Defined for this Query  This grid list shows the Performance Counters that have been attached to the Query object   The following attributes are defined for each counter     Attribute Description  Path This is the  path  or full name of the counter   Relop This is the relational operator used to compare the counter value to    the test value     Value This is the test value  The counter value is compared to this value  to determine if an alarm is to be generated  If  countervalue relop  testvalue  is true  an alarm is generated  The test value is always  numeric     On Error Controls what happens if an error occurs while retrieving the  counter value  Can be one of   Ignore   ignore the error  skip the counter  Alarm   generate an alarm indicating that the counter could n
282. that the comparison  is  true      Average   generate an alarm when the average of the property  value  over some number of consecutive scans  compares  true  to  the test value  The number of scans over which to average is set in  Mode Value    Persistent   generate an alarm when the property value compares   true  to the test value  for some number of consecutive scans  The  number of scans is set in Mode Value     Mode Sets the number of scans to average counter values on Average  Value Alarm mode or the number of scans of consecutive  true   comparison of values on Persistent Alarm Mode     You can use the scroll bar to shift the columns left and right  To change a field  left click on it  and you will be presented with a drop down menu of choices for the field or a box in which to  enter numeric values     Evaluation Script File   Normally  this MO retrieves the WMI object property values and then does the theshold  checking as defined for each object property  As an alternative  you can specify a file name  containing VB script that will be executed to evaluate the object properties  In this mode  the  object properties are retrieved but no threshold processing is done  Instead  the named  script file is executed  That script can access all of the attributes for the WMI Query MO and  the WMI object property attributes and current values  Thus  you can write your own  evaluation code for the object properties  There is an example script in   Scripts Samples WMITest txt  
283. the  current alarm      DRIVESTATUS expands to the description of the current alarm          TIME  expands to the current time     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the name of this application    SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     232    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 233 of 270    WMI Events Object Add Change    This screen is used to Add or change WMI Events Monitored Objects     Windows Management Instrumentation  WMI  is Microsoft s Windows platform  implementation of the Web Based Enterprise Management  WBEM  standard     The WMI Events Monitored Object executes WMI Event monitoring scripts  These scripts  describe the WMI Events to be monitored and event handler procedures to process the  events when detected  The WMI Events MO reads the event script at the start of scanning  and posts the WMI Events described in the script to the WMI processor on the target system   After that  WMI on the target system will monitor for the events and if an event occurs  WMI  will call back to this MO to execute the event handler procedure associated with the event   This procedure is used to examine the event and raise alarms or perform other processing   Once the events have been posted to WMI  this MO consumes no overhead and is only  active if an event is detected by WMI     See the bottom of this page for additional important information about WMI and the content of  event scripts     WHI Events Monitored Object Add Change  116  Ea    Identifi
284. the  mail host  mail server  ip address and any valid email  Return Address     usually just your  own email address      b  SMS TEXT  DIALUP  ALERTS via modem  Enter contact Name  To alert via pager or SMS phone  click Browse to the right of the    Pager  Script    box  Browse into  SAMPLES and select the service you want     Enter the mobile cell phone number  or pager id  in the  Pager Phone ID  box     2  ALARMS   In OPTIONS  Click the  Alarm Objects    tab  Click Add Alarm  Give the AO a name such as  SUPPORT   The grid is an escalation  schedule  everyone on each ROW gets alerted together  If the problem persists it escalates  down through the other rows  You can leave boxes and whole rows blank and it will only  alert on the boxes cells filled in   Repeat Escalation Schedule    keeps it repeating until fixed     3  MO s   Go to Monitored Objects TAB and click Add Object   THE MONITORED OBJECT TYPES YOU SEE ALL HAVE A DIFFERENT PURPOSE AND  SOME ARE VERY POWERFUL  eg SNMP QUERY   DOUBLE CLICK ONE THEN HIT THE  F1 KEY  THIS WILL DISPLAY THE HELP INFO FOR THAT MO  ITS IMPORTANT YOU  UNDERSTAND  AT LEAST SUPERFICIALLY  WHAT ALL THESE MO TYPES DO  THEY  ARE YOUR  MONITORING TOOLKIT   SCROLL DOWN TO SEE THEM ALL   THE LICENCE COST IS BASED ON HOW MANY OF THESE YOU WISH TO BE ABLE TO  SET UP AND USE  HINT   SETUP A PING MO ON 1 1 1 1 TO TEST ALERTING     Monitoring Room Alert and TemPageR devices  To setup monitoring on a ROOM ALERT or TemPageR device go to OPTIONS ADD    OBJ
285. the IP address of the sending system    Com the community name the trap was sent under    TOid the trap s SNMP object ID    TNum the trap number    TName the name of the trap retrieved from the agents Mib file    TTime the time of the trap in clock ticks at the sending system    Desc the system description text retrieved from the sending system   Loc the location text retrieved from the sending system    Con the contact name retrieved from the sending system    Oid the object ID of an SNMP object in the sending system s Mib that    is applicable to the trap  zero to n groups of Oid  OidName and  Val components may appear     OidName the object name of the object ID described above     Val the value of the object ID described above     104    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 105 of 270    Task Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change Task Monitored Objects  Task objects can be used to  perform functions on a scheduled basis or in response to alarms  Tasks can also be used to  create your own Monitored Objects        Task Object Add Change    Sample Task    Execute a sample YBScript task  o oo                           Identifier  This is a short label that is used to identify this Task object      Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude the object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time  seco
286. the POLL paging file to the Message Server on a regular  basis  The Message Server uses the regular arrival of the POLL file  or any other paging file   to confirm that the local system is up     Paging Device Test Setup  Click this button to send a paging file to the Message Server or Modem to test the paging  function     29    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 30 of 270    E Mail Notification Options Tab    This tab configures alarm notification via email     Globals   Globals 2   Contacts   Loagina   MO Groups    Monitored Objects   Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings   Paging Email      Default notification email recipient        MAPI Mail Notification    Enable Notification via email using MAPI  Exchange     Profile Identity   Password        SMTP Mail Notification     Enable Notification via email using SMTP    Mail Server  Return Email                          Use Alarm text for mail Subject Send Test Mail       Email address of default alarm notification recipient       Send Notification to  default recipient   The is the name of the default email user that alarm notification email will be sent to  Used if  email recipient is not defined at the Contact level     Enable Notification by email using MAPI   Check this box to send email notifications via the MAPI protocol  Requires access to a MAPI  capable mail client  If you enable MAPI  enter the profile name and password for access to  the mail client  If running in Service Mode  please see Running as a Windows Se
287. the last value retrieved from the target system for the  Counter object     Returns the test value defined for the Counter object     Returns the relative operator used to compare the current value  of the Counter object on the target system to the test value to  determine if an alarm condition exists     Returns  True  or  False   True if the Counter object is in the  alarm state     Returns the date and time that the target system was queried  and the Counter object s current value was compared with the  test value     Description  Returns the sensor type label     Returns the sensor number on the Room Alert device      126    Help rtf    normalsignal  comport  Syslog  Attribute  sender   msg   facility    level    SNMP Trap  Attribute    traptext    SNMP Query    PageR Enterprise Page 127 of 270    Returns the normal signal level  HI or LO  for the sensor     Returns the com port the Room Alert device is attached to     Description  Returns the system that last sent a syslog message     Returns the text of the last syslog message   Returns the facility code from the last syslog message     Returns the message severity level from the last system  message     Description  Returns the trap message as a formatted string     These are the query level attributes     Attribute  system    community    objects    Description  Returns the target system     Returns the SNMP community name     Returns the number of MIB objects contained in the query     For each MIB object contained i
288. the most severe alarm condition     67    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 68 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Page URL   This is the URL  Universal Resource Locator  address of the web page to be Downloaded   You can click on the Display button to test the URL  by Downloading and viewing the page  in the viewing box   An alarm is generated if the page fails to download at scan time     Time Out  This is the amount of time allowed for the download  If the download takes longer than this  time  an alarm is generated  Set to zero to disable time out checking     User Name  If the page or web server requires a user name for access  enter it here  Only  Basic  HTTP  authentication is supported     Password  If the page or web server requires a password  enter it here     Link Level   Controls how many levels of page links  HTML A tag  are downloaded below the target  page  Level 0 does not load any page links found on the target page  Frames are always  downloaded     Check Images  Enables download of image files as part of the web page checking process     Search Strings File   Enter a list of search strings or select a Search String File to have the Web Page s HTML  text searched for any matches to the search strings  Any match generates an alarm  More  about search strings     Alarm Object   Ide
289. the retrieved file  If the object  cannot gain access to the source host system  an error will be logged to the Activity Log      FTP Explorer    This screen is used to explore other systems to locate source files for FTP retrieval     FTP Explorer Ea  Host  UX UNIX Type  L8  User Name  root Password  19    Path   usr spool Ip    File Name  Ipd tog    Verbose  7                interface  log    lpd log    member  model  oldlog    outputa  pstatus       484 bytes in 0 03 seconds       Host  Host name or IP address to get file from  Click the binoculars to see a list of available  hosts addresses     User  A valid user name on the source host system giving appropriate access     Password  Password for the user name on the source host system     Path  Directory path of the source file on the source host system     File   File name of the file to be retrieved from the source system  May include wild cards  appropriate for the source system to retrieve all matching files in the directory defined by the  path     Enter the Host name  user name and password and an initial path and click Connect  You  will be connected via FTP to the host system and the contents of the initial path displayed in  the view box  If you enter a file name in the file box before connecting  the only files    73    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 74 of 270    matching the file name will be shown in the view box     Once connected to the host system and files or directories appear in the view box  you can  na
290. tion message text in this box  You  can use substitution keywords in the message which will be expanded to their run time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type      ID  or  IDX  expands to the monitored object s unique indentification string    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event      HOST  expands to the host name     USER  expands to the user name     SCRIPTFILE  expands to the script file name     INTERVAL  expands to the Interval seconds     DELAY  expands to the Delay seconds     SEVERITY  expands to the Severity value     DATE  expands to the current date     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR      SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system    Notes  The Host Login Monitored Object provides availability checking and monitoring functions  The  actual login and logout  and any monitoring functions are performed by the Login Monitoring    script  This is a VBScript script designed to login to the host system  perform optional  monitoring tasks and then logout     When the Host Login MO is scanned  it executes the Login   routine in the script  That  function petforms the login to the host  typically using the Telnet protocol provided by a  custom control  OCX   Success
291. to enable monitoring of the selected interface     Alarm on Errors Discards  Generate an alarm if the number of errors or discards on an interface changes from one  scan to the next     Input Threshold   This is the input bandwidth alarm threshold for the interface  It can be a specific bits per  second value or it can be a percent of the interface speed  Enter a number for specific bits  per second or enter a number followed by a   sign for a percent of interface speed     Output Threshold    202    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 203 of 270    This is the output bandwidth alarm threshold for the interface  It can be a specific bits per  second value or it can be a percent of the interface speed  Enter a number for specific bits  per second or enter a number followed by a   sign for a percent of interface speed     Aggregate Threshold   This is the combined  input output  bandwidth alarm threshold for the interface  It can be a  specific bits per second value or it can be a percent of the interface speed  Enter a number  for specific bits per second or enter a number followed by a   sign for a percent of interface    speed     Alarm Object    Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text    When an alarm is generated for an object  a defaul
292. to the mail server where the messages to be  examined reside     Mail Server  Enter the name or IP address of the mail server where the messages to be examined reside     User Name  Enter the user name used to logon to the mail server and retrive mail     196    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 197 of 270    Password  Enter the password for the user name entered in the previous field     Recipient  Only messages addressed to this email address will be processed  optional      Notes   When a mail message is processed  the subject line is expected to contain a list of Contact  names separated by semicolons  A page request will be generated for each Contact found  using the Contact s paging information  The first 80 characters of the message body will be  used as the page message     Heart Beat Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change Heart Beat Monitored Objects   The Heart Beat Monitored object is used to generate a regular  alarm  notification by  PageR whose purpose is to verify that PageR is running  This monitored object executes It s    Alarm object on every scan   subject to the Interval value and Schedule constraints set  up for it  That Alarm object determines how the heart beat notification will be made     Heart Beat Monitored Object Add Change x     Description e A a A E a  x Enabled    Interval fo Severity   9m       Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   X      Alarm Test   TYPE    p AGENT  is up and running        Optional description of monitored ob
293. tr sample file in  Search Samples for more information     171    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 172 of 270    Max Number of Events  This box contains the size of the Event History  You can change it at any time     The Network Event Console display is initially sorted by the event Date  amp  Time  You may click  on any column header to sort the display on that column in ascending order  The column  controlling the sort will be noted with  gt  gt  in the column label     You may rearrange the order of the columns by clicking on a column header to select it for  sorting  Then click on the border area around the Event list box to move that column to be the  first column  After setting the new column  the display will be sorted by that column  You can  sort on a different column by clicking on that column label  The new column setting will be  retained for the next time the Event Console is displayed     172    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 173 of 270    Logging Options Tab    This tab sets options for logging of Monitored Object status information during scanning     Duing Monitored Object scanning  you can log the status of selected MO types after each MO  has been examined  This information is recorded in a disk file and can be used to collect and  archive information about MOs for analysis  The log file is in a delimited text format suitable  for import into many databases and analysis tools     Monitored     Alarm Objects   MSG Files   Search Strings  Paging   Email     Me
294. tree containing only the Win32_ named classes  Associations are  loaded by a serial scan and this can take some time  Accordingly  when the explorer loads   the Win32 Association tree is not loaded  If you click on Win32 Associations in the left pane   the Win32 object tree will be loaded at that time  This typically takes about 30 60 seconds   Once loaded  you can navigate this view of the object space  locating classes and instances  of interest  Both the Win32 Associations tree and the CIM tree describe the same classes   just with different organizations     165    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 166 of 270    Win32 Process Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Win32 Process Monitored Object   The Win32  Process MO monitors a Windows 32 bit system for a list of process names to make sure the  processes are running     The Win32 Process MO is used to monitor running processes on a Windows 32 bit system  A  list of process names are defined for the target system  On each scan of the MO  this list of  process names is compared to the currently running processes on the target system and an  alarm is generated for any process not found  The target system must have the Windows  Management Instrumentation  WMI  Core 1 5 or later installed     Win32 Process Monitored Object Add Change  25               Description  Check to see if WMI is running PX Enabled  Interval fo Severity  9 7  Delay fo    System   Ea  User Name   Password      Available Processes Loci 
295. ts is displayed  You can  select objects by clicking and using the shift or ctrl keys to select multiple objects  Then click  the Create Ping MO button to automatically create a new Ping Monitored Object for each  selected network object     You will be prompted to confirm the Auto Add before it proceeds  Next  the Ping Monitored  Object Add Change screen will appear  You can modify the attributes of the Ping Monitored  Object on this screen and your settings will be applied to all of the automatically created Ping  Monitored Objects     NOTE  After creating new Monitored Objects with this screen  you must click Accept on the  Options screen and save the configuration for the new objects to be permanently saved     194    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 195 of 270    You can perform initial or refresh network scans by clicking the appropriate button     Ping  Performs simple ICMP ping on a range of IP addresses     SNMP  Performs an SNMP agent detection on a range of IP addresses  If an agent is detected   additional information is retrieved     Windows  Uses Windows Networking to detect systems     Fields on the Network Object List     IP Address Name  This is the IP address of objects detected by Ping or SNMP or the name of objects detected  via Windows Networking     Doman Node Name   For objects detected via Windows Networking  this is the domain or workgroup name  if it is  known to Windows   For objects detected via SNMP  this is the node name returned by the  object    
296. tw MI Query   Check free disk spa         Idle  press Start to begin monitoring    Interval 30  Alarms 0   6 25 01 11 13 01 AM 4    Monitored objects with current alarms will be shown with a red background  MOs with  processing errors will be shown with a yellow background  Suspended or disabled MOs will  be shown with a diagonal cross hatch  You can right click an MO to see a menu of actions  you can perform on the MO  such as suspend resume  enable disable and clear alarm  You  can add and delete monitored objects as well     You can single click to focus on an object and use the down arrow or double click to see a  detailed status report for the monitored object     When open  the System Console is updated while scanning is in progress  Systems MOs will    176    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 177 of 270    change background color as alarms are detected or cleared     DNS Check Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change a Domain Name Server object   DNS servers are  monitored by sending a DNS resolution request to the server and checking the reply        DNS Check Monitored Object Add Change       Host Address v          123 456 789 101   i    N     TYPE  for  IDX    presolution failed   x L4S TERROR                    Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This 
297. u wish  to monitor  This can be a counter you are interested in or just any counter you select  Click  OK to return from the Explorer  The SQL Instance name you have selected will be  automatically detected and the default Instance name of SQLServer will be replaced by your  actual Instance Name  You can either keep or delete the counter you added to cause the  Instance name update     90    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 91 of 270    Performance Counter Explorer  This screen is used to explore the Performance Counters available on a Windows system and  add them to a Performance Counter Query object      NT Performance Counter Explorer x    Counters from Local system E elected Counters  1     ICMP SLogicalDisk _T otal _Total    Free Space  Internet Information Services Global   IP    LogicalDisk    _Total _Total    Disk Read Time    Disk Time     Disk Write Time                                  Vf   e   e                       space provided by the selected logical disk drive           This screen allows you to explore the Performance Counters defined on a Windows System   The left pane shows the counters on the system  The right page shows any counters selected  to be added the Performance Query object you came from     Initially  the left pane shows the list of system  objects  for which counters are defined  You  can click on objects to expand them into lists of  instances  or  counters      A counter path is the concatenation of the system object  instance  if applicable 
298. ude Error Events  If this button is selected  Error events will be included in the display     Show Local System Events Only  Select this button to display only events whose source system is the local system     Clear Event History  Click this button to clear the Event History     Help  Click this button for help     Browse for Filter File  Click this button to browse for Filter script files     Filter   This box can contain the name of a disk file that contains a list of Filter words or a VB Script  routine used to filter the Event History for display  Using this feature allows you to customize  the Events displayed on the screen in just about any way imaginable  You can type a script  file name in the box or use the Browse button to explore for script files  If the file you want to  use is in the  Search sub directory of the install directory  a path is not needed  If you use the  Browse button to select a script file  the display will be updated automatically  If you type a  script file name  you must click the refresh button to update the display  Filter word lists or  scripts are the same as Search Strings scripts  However  you cannot enter a word list or script  in the Filter box  it must contain a file name  The Filter script is executed for each Event  History record that is to be displayed on the screen and the script decides if the record should  be included or not  The script can access the Event History record via the SG GetEventObj  method  See the FilterEvents s
299. uery object operates   Lets say that a query contains two counter definitions     CPU_BUSY   gt  75  TOTAL_FREE_DISK   lt  15    When the query is executed  the values for the two counters are retrieved and tested  If the  actual value of CPU_BUSY  is more than 75  an alarm will be generated  If the actual value  of TOTAL_FREE_DISK  is less than 15  an alarm will be generated  If a query has one or  more counters in alarm state  the query object is in the alarm state  If all counters that had  alarms come back into tolerance on a subsequent scan  the alarm state of the query object  will be cleared     Now lets modify the examples     CPU_BUSY   gt  75 averaged 5  TOTAL_FREE_DISK   lt  15 persistent 10    In this case  for CPU_BUSY   five queries are executed and the values retrieved for the  counter and accumulated and then the average is compared to the test value  If the average  is greater than 75  an alarm is generated  Once five values have been accumulated  the  average is taken over the last five values on each subsequent scan     For TOTAL_FREE_DISK   ten queries are executed and if each query s retrieved value was  less than 15   an alarm is generated  If any value is equal to or greater than 15  the  accumulation starts over  Only if the actual value is less than 15 on each of the last 10 scans    89    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 90 of 270    is an alarm generated     Please note that many Performance Counter values are already averaged or accumulated  over the
300. uery to the MO via the AddEvent method  exposed to this script by the hosting  WMI Events MO  Events have a name  a type  intrinsic extrinsic   the WMI namespace that  applies to the event class  a WQL notification query string  and the name of the method in  this script that will be called when events arrive     WAL is a query language defined by WMI  similar to SQL  WMI queries can retrieve WMI  objects or define events  which are objects  that WMI will report  See WMI documentation for  more information on WQL  Intrinsic or extrinsic is an attribute of a WMI Event Object and is  obtained from the WMI documentation for the event in question     The WMI Events MO will call the Init   method on the first scan of the MO to obtain the event  queries  The MO will then post those queries to WMI on the target system  When events are    235    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 236 of 270    detected and the MO is notified  it will call the event handler method  Note that when a scan is  stopped and then restarted  this script will be reloaded from the file and the events will be  recreated     Note that the Init parms  method accepts a parameter array passed from the MO s  Parameters entry field  Each parameter will be in a separate array position of the parms array     When the MO calls the event handler method  a parameter array is passed to the method   The first parameter  array item 0  is a WMlEvent object as defined by the MO  These  WMlEvent objects are created by the call to A
301. un time  values when the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message  text  The keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type    ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string    IDX  expands to the monitored object s identification string and includes    the target system name    TARGET  expands to the target system name    DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored object s  current alarm event      PATH  expands to the full counter path that caused the current alarm     Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 89 of 270     NAME  expands to the counter name without it s object path    RELOP  expands to the relop for the counter that caused the current alarm    TEST  expands to the test value defined for the counter that caused the    current alarm      VALUE  expands to the actual retrieved counter value for the counter that  caused the current alarm      COUNTER  expands to a formatted string with full counter path  relop  test  value and current value giving a complete description of the  counter      COUNTERN same as  COUNTER  but with counter name instead of full path         DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Notes  Here are some examples to help understand how the Performance Q
302. up   A Directory C  TEMP Monitor TEMP Dir   a  Disk File C  Myapp Log txt My Applications log file   By Disk Space Local System Free space on local drives   a DNS Check 111 222 333 444 Test my DNS server   E Email Check Check for Mailed Al    Check mail on server for message       x Email Ping Ping Mail Server Test Mail server delivery       b       Add Object Delete Object      Tree View 38 Objects configured    Monitor SPIN Directory                    Add new Monitored Object       The window area displays the list of currently defined objects that PageR will monitor  Each  object has a type  identifier or name  a description and an enabled disabled indicator     To create a new object  click Add Object  A screen will display allowing you to select from  the list of available monitored object types  Select the desired object type and a new window  will display allowing you to configure the new object     To modify an object on the list  place the cursor over the type of an existing object and  double click to display a dialog that will allow you to modify the attributes of that object     31    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 32 of 270    To copy an object on the list  place the cursor over an existing object and click once to  highlight the object  then click Copy Object     To delete an object from the list  place the cursor over an existing object and click once to  highlight the object  then click Delete Object     Click on the column headings to change the sort order o
303. urity and Impersonation  Security considerations when running in Service Mode     When running as a desktop application  PageR uses the security context of the logged on  user account  All access to local and network resources are controlled by this context     When running as a service  PageR by default runs under a special account called the Local  System Account  This account gives free access to local resources and some network  resources  In order to have greater access  it becomes necessary to have PageR   impersonate  an actual user with the appropriate access  To do this  you supply PageR  with a valid user account name and password  done at Service Install   PageR running as a  service then performs a batch login to that user account and assumes the user security  context  This context now gives the PageR service access to all resources available to the  user     Impersonation of a user with more access than Local System is required to access disk files  on other systems via a UNC file name  It is required for NT Performance Counter   NT  Service  WMI Query and Win32 Process MOs that target another system  Logging via  Instant Messaging also requires impersonation     When impersonation is required  use an Admin level user on the local system  or in a domain  environment  on the primary domain controller     The Admin user account you use for impersonation  or the Administrators group that it  belongs to  must be assigned two special user rights  Add the user rights 
304. urrent value  of the WMI object property on the target system to the test value  to determine if an alarm condition exists     Returns  True  or  False   True if the WMI object is in the alarm  state     Returns the number of alarms detected for the WMI object  property for the current alarm episode     Returns the total number of alarms detected for the WMI object  property since scanning was started     Returns the date and time of the start of the current alarm  episode for the WMI object property     Returns the date and time of the end of the last alarm episode  for the WMI object property     Returns the date and time that the target system was queried  and the WMI object property s current value was compared with  the test value     Schedule Object Change    This screen is used to update the scan execution schedule for a Monitored Object or    globally     Monitored objects are normally executed or scanned on each scan interval   You can attach  a Schedule to a Monitored Object to further control when the object will be scanned  You  can also define a global Schedule  If a global schedule exists and the monitored object  passes that schedule  any schedule defined at the monitored object level is then applied     130    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 131 of 270             Schedule Add Change for Ping  161 208 12 15 Fa  Check Schedule       Minimum Scan Period    O   Ic Never COneTime    ZAE l Seconds  5 Intervals   Only on day s  of week  Only in these time ranges  Dep
305. used the current alarm   expands to the object name without key selection     expands to the name of the object property being used as an  instance key     expands to the key value being used to select an instance of the  WMI object     expands to the name of the object property to be tested     expands to the data type of the property   expands to the relop for the object s current value to the test value   expands to the test value defined for the object     expands to the actual retrieved property value for the object that  caused the current alarm     expands to a formatted string with full object path  property  relop   test value and current value giving a complete description of the  property     same as  FOBJECTP  but with property name only instead of full  path     expands to the current date     162    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 163 of 270     AGENT  expands to the the application name of  PageR       SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     Notes  Here are some examples to help understand how the WMI Query monitored object operates   Lets say that a query contains an object property test definition     Win32_LogicalDisk DevicelID  C   FreeSpace  lt  1000000    When the query is executed  the value for the property FreeSpace for the  Win32_LogicalDisk object instance defined by It s DevicelD property being equal to  C   is  retrieved  The property s value is compared to the test value  If the actual value is less than  one million bytes  an alarm will be 
306. ux 4 09 04 E 9000 80  741551121  161 208 12 24   161 208 12 30 NetWare ServerRAC Novell NetWare v3 11  5 user  8 9 910CT 38     161 208 12 31 RAC4 Novell NetWare 4 11 August 22  1996 IGatewa     161 208 12 33 RACNT Hardware  x86 Family 6 Model 1 Stepping 7 AT      161 208 12 40 DEXTER Hardware  x86 Family 6 Model 3 Stepping 4 AT      161 208 12 232 O000_CALYPSO_1 Hardware  x86 Family 5 Model 2 Stepping 5AT        Auto Discovery    fi 61 208 12 0 to fi 61 208 12 255 Community  public           Auto discovery completed       When this screen is displayed  a list of SNMP enabled systems  agents  known to be on your  network is displayed  If the list is blank  you can use the Auto Discovery feature to  automatically scan the network and discover systems with SNMP agents  One established   the list is retained until PageR is shutdown     Double click on the IP address of the desired system to select it and return to the SNMP  Query screen you came from     To Auto Discover SNMP systems  modify the starting and ending IP address ranges as  needed and click Discover  You may click Stop to terminate auto discovery     100    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 101 of 270    SNMP Trap Object Add Change    This screen is used to add or change the SNMP Trap monitored object   The SNMP Trap  object allows SNMP Trap messages to be received from SNMP Agents and processed for  alarms     SNMP Trap Server Monitored Object Add Change Ea  Description AMAA  X Enabled    Agent     Severity     7     
307. ver  Checks NetWare server to determine if it is up  Alarm is raised if the server does not respond  to a probe     TCP IP Device  Ping   Checks any device supporting TCP IP by pinging it  Alarm is raised if the device does not  respond toa ping      Host Process  Checks host system  via Telnet  for a list of processes expected to be present  Alarm is  raised if a process is not present     Host Volume  Checks host system  via Telnet  for disk volume free space  Alarm is raised if volume free  space drops below a selected threshhold     Host Login  Checks availability of host systems and performs monitoring functions by logging on to the  host     Disk File  Examines new records in disk files and checks for alarm conditions by matching the files  contents against a list of words or phrases     Service  Checks Windows Services on the local or remote NT 2000 XP system and raises an alarm if  the service is not running  Can attempt to restart failed services     Performance Counter Query  Checks Windows Performance Counters on the local or remote NT 2000 XP system and  raises an alarm if counter values are out of tolerance     Win32 Process checking  Checks a list of processes on the local or remote Windows 32 bit system to ensure the  processes are running  Raises an alarm if a process is not present     Windows Management Instrumentation  WMI  Query  Checks WMI objects on the local or remote Windows system and raises an alarm if WMI  object values are out of tolerance     Wind
308. ver attached to the system  Alarms are  simulated and cleared on alternating scans of this MO     Alarm Object   Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  generates an alarm  The drop down list shows all available Alarm Objects  An Alarm Object  must be selected to perform paging  broadcasting or email of alarm events for this object     Alarm Text   When an alarm is generated for an object  a default alarm notification message is issued   This message identifies the object and describes the alarm  You can override the default  alarm message by entering custom alarm notification message text in this box  You can use  substitution keywords in the message which will be replaced by their run time values when  the message is generated  Keywords appear as  keyword  in the message text  The  keywords you can use for this object are     Keyword Description     TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification  string     DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description      SENSORTYPE  expands to the sensor type label    SENSORNUMBER expands to the sensor number         NORMALSIGNAL  expands to LO or HI  the normal signal value      COMPORT  expands to the com port for the Failsafe Server     140    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 141 of 270     ALARMID  expands to the unique numeric identifier for the monitored  object s current alarm event      TIME  expands to the cur
309. vice    Service Logon   Detail Level fo     Password       x Auto Create Sessions      Include Date Time in messages          Enable logging and alarm notification by Messenger Service  Check this box to turn on logging and alarm notification by Instant Messaging     Service Logon  User ID that PageR will use to logon to the Messaging Service  This is typically an email  address     Password  The password for the service logon     199    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 200 of 270    Detail Level   Ranges from 0 3 and sets the level of detail logged to messaging clients  0 is least detail and  3 is most detailed  Normally  this should be set to 0  All alarms and errors are logged  regardless of the level of detail     Auto Create Sessions  Check this box to create a new session for every online user that is on the PageR user Ids  contact or buddy list     Include Date Time in messages  Check this box to have the date and time of messages  on the local system  included in the  messages sent to IM clients     Notes   In order to receive messages from PageR  messaging clients must add the PageR user ID to  thier contact buddy lists  Doing this connects the clients to PageR and makes them visible to  PageR  If you Auto Create sessions  PageR will open a session for any online client and  begin sending messages as appropriate  If you do not Auto Create Sessions  clients must  explicitly open a session window to the PageR user ID in order to receive messages     200    Help rtf PageR
310. view of your network  All systems detected by  network scans can be shown or only those systems that have Monitored Objects defined for  them  You can easily see which systems have alarms or processing errors  You can right click  a system to view a menu of actions you can perform on a system  You can double click a  system to see a list of monitored objects defined for that system  You can right click an MO to  see a menu of actions you can perform on an MO and you can double click an MO to see a  detailed MO status display             615  alala e 2     161 208 12 15 8 UH RACNT DEXTER  161 208 12 21 161 208 12 23 161 208 12 33 161 208 12 40    Not Assigned NT1 race com systema  203 43 130 70    vr    Idle  press Start to begin monitoring    Interval 30  Alarms 0   6 25 01 11 13 01 AM 4       When the System Console is displayed  systems are shown if they have monitored objects  defined or if the system was detected by any of the network scan functions  On first display   it may take some time to load the systems as IP address to name resolution is performed   You can click the Stop button if you do not want to wait     Systems with active monitored objects are shown with a white background  If any MO  defined for a system is in the alarm state  the system will have a red background  If no MOs  are in the alarm state  but one or more MOs have processing errors  the system will have a  yellow background     If a system has monitored objects  but all of them are either disable
311. vigate the host by changing the path file name or by clicking on directories in the view box     When the desired file is located  you can type its name in the File name box or select a file  name in the view box by clicking it     You can accept the Host  user  password  path and file name information and return it to the  FTP File Get Object Add Change screen by clicking Accept     Verbose  Enable this option to see a verbose directory list from the host system in the view box     Web Status Service  The Web Status Service allows network users to use a Web Browser to access PageR over  the network for status information and some control functions     When PageR is running as a Service  or you are working away from the system on which  PageR is running  you can use a web browser  Netscape 3 0 or later  Internet Explorer 3 0 or  later  to access PageR remotely and view global status information  monitored object status   the Activity Log and perform some control functions     To enable Web Status Service  you must check the appropriate box on the More Global  Options tab  Web Status service uses port number 1088 by default  If you wish to use another  port  enter that port number in the port number box  If you wish to restrict access to the Web  Status Service  enter a user name and optional password  The user name and password  must be entered by the browser user     At your browser  enter one of the following URLs to access the Web Status Service   http   ipaddress port or 
312. words you can use for this object are     Keyword Description   TYPE  expands to the monitored object s type     234    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 235 of 270     ID  expands to the monitored object s unique identification string      IDX  expands to the monitored object s identification string and  includes the target system name      SYSTEM  expands to the target system name     SYSTEMX  expands to   on target system name  or   local      DESC  expands to the monitored object s long description    USER  expands to the user name used to login to WMI      EVENTNAME  expands to the name of the event that generated the current  alarm      EVENTCOUNT  expands to the number of times this event has been detected      EVENTTIME  expands to the time of the event that generated the current  alarm      EVENTMSG1  expands to the alarm message  1 set by the event script for  the current alarm      EVENTMSG2  expands to the alarm message  2 set by the event script for  the current alarm      DATE  expands to the current date    AGENT  expands to the name of this application    SYSTEM  expands to the name of this system     WMI Event Scripts   WMI Event monitoring is described in an event script  It is hosted by the WMI Events  monitored Object  It provides one or more WMI Event Notification queries to the MO and the  event handler routines to process events returned by those queries     WMI Notification queries are created in the Init   method by adding a WMI WQL event  notification q
313. y indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with 0 as the most severe alarm condition     186    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 187 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Schedule  Click to define an optional schedule for scanning of this monitored object     System  Enter the name or IP address of the system which will be monitored  Click the scan button to  search the network for systems     Type  Select the type of Host system that resides at the name address specified above  The  selected host is accessed by Telnet unless otherwise specified     Time Out  Enter the time out in seconds that will be applied to the Telnet communication with the Host  system     User Name  Enter the user name to be used to logon to the Host system  Not needed for SNMP access     Password  Enter the password for the user name specified above  For SNMP access  this is the  community name     Prompt  Enter the prompt displayed by the Host system when ready to accept a command  Not  needed for SNMP access     Load  Downloads a volume list from the Host system  which is displayed in the Available Volumes  list  System  User name  Password and Prompt must be defined first     Available Volumes   This is a list of disk volumes that can be monitored on the 
314. you want passed to the script  command file or program   Parameters are delinmited by space  comma or semi colon characters  Parameters with  embedded spaces can be enclosed in quotes  Substitution parameters will be replaced by  thier actual values before being passed     Edit   Click this button to launch Notepad to edit the named task file or create a new task file  If you  create a new file  you will need to assign a name to it when you save it and then enter that  name in the task file box     Validate   If the task file contains VBScript or JScript  you may click this button to perform a static  validation of script syntax  Any errors found will be displayed with the line and column where  the error was found in the script file     Execute on Scan  Check this box to have PageR execute this task on each scan of the monitored objects   subject to any schedule you may define     Execute on Clock   Check this box to have PageR check this task for execution on each clock tick  one second   to determine if the task should be executed per the schedule you define  A schedule must be  defined when using clock ticks to trigger task execution     Schedule  Click this button to define a time schedule for task execution  If a schedule has been defined  for the task  the word Schedule on the button will appear in bold     106    Help rtf    Alarm Object    PageR Enterprise Page 107 of 270    Identifies the Alarm Object to be used for alarm notification when this monitored object  gen
315. ype  Fed Hat Linux 7  Time Out  2  User Name  root Password  1 Prompt     gt     Available Processes Monitored Processes          consolehelper g    cpumemusage_app  Remove    crond    deskquide_apple x        Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   x   Alarm Text  TYPE  on  IDX    p PROCESS    STATUS        Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on  this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     183    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 184 of 270    Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Schedule  Click to define an optional schedule for scanning of this monitored object     System  Enter the name or IP address of the system which will be monitored  Click the scan button to  search the network for systems     Type  Select the type of Host system that resides at the name address specified above  The  selected host is accessed by Telnet unless otherwise specified     Time Out  Enter the time out in seconds that wil
316. ype  T EMPERATURE hd     Simulate FS Alarm    Identifier Compouer Room       Alarm Notification    Alarm Object   Z    Alarm Text               Identifiying name for Monitored Object       Identifier  This is a short user defined label used to identify this monitored object     Description  This is an optional description of the monitored object     Enabled  Enables disables the object for monitoring  Used to temporarily exclude an object from  monitoring     Interval  This is the scan interval for this object  This is the minimum time that must pass between  scans of this object     Severity  This is the Severity indicator for this object  It allows you to rank the importance of alarms on    139    Help rtf PageR Enterprise Page 140 of 270    this object  The range is 0 9  with O as the most severe alarm condition     Delay   This is the number of seconds that an alarm on this object must persist before alarm  notification is performed  This should be equal to or greater than a multiple of the object or  global interval     Com Port  Select the COM port that the Failsafe Server is attached to     Sensor Number  Each Failsafe Server supports 5 sensors  Select the sensor  number  that is to be  monitored     Normal Signal  Set the signal level  LO or HI  that is returned by the attached sensor for NORMAL  conditions     Sensor Type  Select or type a descriptive label that identifies the attached sensor     Simulate FS Alarm  Check this box to test the MO without a Failsafe Ser
317. ype of monitored object generates alarms that are  point  alarms  That is  each alarm  generated by the object is not connected to any other and typically these alarms do not  represent a  state  of the monitored object  The alarm is a  reporting  of an event that has no  time duration aspect     An example of this is the Event Log Object  Each event record that is found to generate an  alarm  is processed and an alarm generated and processing continues     Persistent Alarms  This type of object generates an alarm when It s state changes  An alarm begins when the  state changes and persists or continues until the state changes again     An example of this is the Ping Object  When a system fails to respond to a ping  it enters the  alarm state and an alarm is generated  The system continues in alarm state  it is  down   until  the system responds to the ping  ending the alarm state  it is back  up       Discrete Alarm Processing   When a Discrete alarm type monitored object reports It s first alarm  an alarm  notification  action  is generated and the object enters the  alarm  state  The alarm state is really just a  highlighting action that allows the user of PageR to see that the object has one or more  alarms in progress on the object status display screens  Any new alarm encountered while in  the alarm state generates a new alarm notification action and the object continues in the  alarm state  The alarm state for the Discrete alarm object continues until it is explicitly 
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
Krystal Touch of NY DL3660ABPRI Installation Guide : Free Download, Borrow, and Streaming : Internet Archive  - Murdoch Research Repository  Chicago Electric 94678 User's Manual  Philips Two silicone cases DLM4340  PDFファイル  MNPG156-02  ビジウェーブ添付文書  Mode d`eMploi  Driver`s Guide to Police Radar  the Desktop Originator Registration Kit    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file